Motorola DB Param Definition

DATABASE PARAMETER

adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual

adap_ho_pbgt

adap_ho_rxlev

adap_ho_rxqual

adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl

adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul

adap_trigger_pbgt

adap_trigger_rxlev_dl

adap_trigger_rxlev_ul

adap_trigger_rxqual_dl

adap_trigger_rxqual_ul

adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr

allow_32k_trau

alt_qual_proc

attach_detach

auto_rf_loss_trace

ba_alloc_proc

band_preference

band_preference_mode

ber_loss_daily

ber_loss_hourly

bounce_protect_margin

bs_ag_blks_res

bs_pa_mfrms

bsc_type

bsic

bss_msc_overload_allowed

bssgp_block_retries

bssgp_flow_control

bssgp_racap_retries

bssgp_reset_retries

bssgp_scheduling

bssgp_unblock_retries

bts_p_con_ack

bts_p_con_interval

bts_power_control_allowed

bts_txpwr_max_inner

bts_type

bvci

call_trace_options

called_pci

calling_pci

carrier_disable_time

carriers_ins_pwr_fail

cbc_fast_select

cbc_intface_vers

cbc_vbind_cntr

cbch_enabled

cbs_outage_cntr

ccch_conf

ccch_load_period

cell_bar_access_class

cell_bar_access_switch

cell_bar_qualify

cell_reselect_hysteresis

cell_reselect_offset

cell_reselect_param_ind

channel_reconfiguration_switch

cic_error_clr_threshold

cic_error_decrement

cic_error_gen_threshold

cic_error_increment

cic_validation

ciph_mode_rej_allowed

clk_src_fail_reset_period

coincident_cell

coincident_mb

coincident_offset

confusion_msg_allowed

congest_at_source

congest_at_target

congest_ho_margin

cp_option_reset_ckt

cp_option_rr_status

cr_calling

ct_flow_control_hi_level

ct_flow_control_lo_level

ct_flow_control_msc_trace

data_qual_enabled

decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_h

decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_ih

decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p

decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_h

decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p

decision_1_n1/decision_1_p1








decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc

decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h

decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg

decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h

decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih

decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p

decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h

decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p

decision_alg_type

direct_inner_zone_threshold

disuse_cnt_hreqave

dl_audio_lev_offset

dl_dtx_voice_data

dl_rxlev_ho_allowed

dl_rxqual_ho_allowed

dnlk_vad_dtx

dpc

dr_allowed

dr_chan_mode_modify

dr_ho_during_assign

dr_preference

dr_standard_congest

dtx_required

dual_band_offset

dyn_step_adj

dyn_step_adj_fmpr

dynet_tchs_reserved

early_classmark_sending

eas_alarm

eas_alarm_type

eas_report_opto

eas_severity

efr_enabled

egsm_bcch_sd

egsm_handover_threshold

emergency_class_switch

en_incom_ho

erc_ta_priority

ext_range_cell

extended_paging_active

frequency_type

full_pwr_rfloss

gclk_qwarm_flag

global_reset_repetitions

gproc_slots

gprs_bs_cv_max

gprs_dl_pwr_mode

gprs_drx_timer_max

gprs_enabled

gprs_intraho_allwd

gprs_mac_mode

gprs_ms_pan_dec

gprs_ms_pan_inc

gprs_ms_pan_max

gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch

gprs_network_operation_mode

gprs_pb

gprs_pc_alpha

gprs_pc_meas_chan

gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch

gprs_sig_bvci

group_block_unblock_allowed

gsm_cell_id_format

handover_power_level

handover_required_curr_ch

handover_required_reject_switch

handover_required_sp_ver_used

hdsl_losw_oos

hdsl_losw_restore

hdsl_snr_daily

hdsl_snr_hourly

hdsl_snr_hourly_period

hdsl_snr_oos

hdsl_snr_restore

ho_exist_congest

ho_margin_def

ho_margin_type5

ho_margin_usage_flag

ho_only_max_pwr

ho_pwr_level_inner

hop_count

hop_qual_enabled

?.

hopping_systems_enabled

hopping_systems_hsn

hopping_systems_mobile_alloc

illegal_circuit_id

immediate_assign_mode

inner_zone_alg

intave

inter_cell_handover_allowed

interband_ho_allowed

interfer_bands

interfer_ho_allowed

intra_cell_handover_allowed

ksw_config

l_rxlev_dl_h

l_rxlev_dl_p

l_rxlev_ul_h

l_rxlev_ul_p

l_rxqual_dl_h

l_rxqual_dl_h_data

l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping

l_rxqual_dl_p

l_rxqual_dl_p_data

l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping

l_rxqual_ul_h

l_rxqual_ul_h_data

l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping


l_rxqual_ul_p

l_rxqual_ul_p_data

l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping

land_layer1_mode

layer_number

link_about_to_fail

link_fail

local_maintenance

low_sig_thresh

lta_alarm_range

ltu_fw_auto_download

max_ms_dl_buffer

max_ms_dl_rate

max_number_of_sdcchs

max_q_length_full_rate_channel

max_q_length_sdcch

max_retran

max_rst_ckt_timer_exps

max_tx_bts

max_tx_ms

mb_preference

mb_tch_congest_thres

missing_rpt

mmi_cell_id_format

mms_cat_enable

mms_config_type

ms_distance_allowed

ms_max_range

ms_p_con_ack

ms_p_con_interval

ms_power_control_allowed

ms_power_offset

ms_txpwr_max_cch

ms_txpwr_max_cell

ms_txpwr_max_def

ms_txpwr_max_inner

msc_preference

msc_qt

mspwr_alg

mtl_loadshare_granularity

multiband_reporting

n_avg_i

ncc_of_plmn_allowed

neighbor_journal

ni

ns_alive_retries

ns_block_retries

ns_unblock_retries

nsei

num_audit_retries

num_emerg_access

num_emerg_rejected

num_emerg_tch_kill

num_emerg_term_sdcch

num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples

num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples

number_of_preferred_cells

number_sdcchs_preferred

opc

option_alg_a5_1

option_alg_a5_2

option_alg_a5_3

option_alg_a5_4

option_alg_a5_5

option_alg_a5_6

option_alg_a5_7

option_emergency_preempt

outer_zone_usage_level

override_intra_bss_pre_transfer

override_speech_version

pbgt_mode

pcr_enable

pcr_n1

pcr_n2

phase2_classmark_allowed

phase2_resource_ind_allowed

phase_lock_gclk

pool_gproc_preemption

poor_initial_assignment

pow_inc_step_size_dl

pow_inc_step_size_ul

pow_red_step_size_dl

pow_red_step_size_ul

prioritize_microcell

protect_last_ts

pwr_handover_allowed

pwrc

queue_management_information

ra_colour

rac

rach_load_period

rach_load_threshold

rach_load_type

radio_link_timeout

rapid_pwr_down

rci_error_clr_threshold

rci_error_decrement

rci_error_gen_threshold

rci_error_increment

red_loss_daily

red_loss_hourly

red_loss_oos

red_loss_restore

red_time_oos

red_time_restore

reestablish_allowed

rel_tim_adv

remote_loss_daily

remote_loss_hourly

remote_loss_oos

remote_loss_restore

remote_time_oos

remote_time_restore

report_resource_tch_f_high_water_mark

report_resource_tch_f_low_water_mark

rf_res_ind_period

rpd_offset

rpd_period

rpd_trigger

rpt_bad_qual_no_mr

rtf_path_enable

rxlev_access_min

rxlev_dl_ho

rxlev_dl_pc

rxlev_dl_zone

rxlev_min_def

rxlev_ul_ho

rxlev_ul_pc

rxlev_ul_zone

rxqual_dl_ho

rxqual_dl_pc

rxqual_ul_ho

rxqual_ul_pc

sap_audit_type

sap_device_type

sap_end_time

sap_interval

sap_start_time

sccp_bssap_mgt

sdcch_ho

sdcch_need_high_water_mark

sdcch_need_low_water_mark

sdcch_tch_band_reassign_delay

sdcch_timer_ho

second_asgnmnt

secondary_freq_type

slip_loss_daily

slip_loss_hourly

slip_loss_oos

slip_loss_restore

smg_gb_vers

smg_um_vers

sms_dl_allowed

sms_tch_chan

sms_ul_allowed

ss7_mode

ssm_critical_overload_threshold

ssm_normal_overload_threshold

ssp_burst_delay

ssm_normal_overload_threshold

ssp_burst_delay

ssp_burst_limit

stat_interval

surround_cell

swfm_enable

sync_loss_daily

sync_loss_hourly

sync_loss_oos

sync_loss_restore

sync_time_oos

sync_time_restore

t_avg_t

t_avg_w

tch_busy_critical_threshold

tch_busy_norm_threshold

tch_congest_prevent_thres

tch_flow_control

tch_full_need_low_water_mark

temporary_offset

threshold

timing_advance_period

trace_msgs_after_ho

trace_msgs_before_ho

trunk_critical_threshold

trunk_major_threshold

ts_alloc_flag

tsc_update_method

tx_integer

tx_power_cap

u_rxlev_dl_ih

u_rxlev_dl_p

u_rxlev_ul_ih

u_rxlev_ul_p

u_rxqual_dl_p

u_rxqual_ul_p

ul_audio_lev_offset

ul_rxlev_ho_allowed

ul_rxqual_ho_allowed

unequipped_circuit_allowed

use_derived_ho_power

use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave

volume_control_type

wait_for_reselection

wait_indication_parameters

worse_neighbor_ho

zone_ho_hyst

Description

The adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual parameter specifies whether the system uses

alternative trigger values for adaptive quality handovers for a cell which is

frequency hopping.If adaptive handovers are enabled for rxqual, this parameter

enables the use of the hopping thresholds for calls that are frequency hopping.

The adap_ho_pbgt parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

power budget handovers. The cumulative area for the adaptive power budget

handovers can be defined as “per cell” or “per neighbor”.

At each measurement report, the cumulative area are updated and compared

to a cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the cumulative power budget

(pbgt) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.

The adap_ho_rxlev parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

receive level handovers. At each measurement report the cumulative area are

updated and compared to a cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the

cumulative power adaptive receive level (rxlev) trigger a need for a handover is

recognized.

The adap_ho_rx_qual parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

quality handovers. At each measurement report the cumulative area is updated

and compared to a cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the cumulative

power adaptive quality (rxqual) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.

The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the trigger threshold for

downlink rxqual for calls which are frequency hopping.

The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the trigger threshold for

uplink rxqual for calls which are frequency hopping.

The adap_trigger_pbgt parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive power budget handovers. When the threshold set by

adap_trigger_pbgt is exceeded, the system triggers a handover to a better cell.

The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive receive level downlink handovers. When the threshold set by this

parameter is exceeded, the system performs a downlink

strength handover.

The adap_trigger_rxlev_ul parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive receive level uplink handovers. When the threshold set by this

parameter is exceeded, the system performs an uplink strength handover.

The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive rxqual downlink handovers. When the threshold set by this parameter

is exceeded, the system performs a downlink quality handover.

The adap_trigger_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive rxqual uplink handovers. When the threshold set by this parameter is

exceeded, the system performs an uplink quality handover.

The adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

the adaptive handover power budget algorithm. When the threshold is set by

adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr is exceeded, the system triggers a handover to a better

cell.

The allow_32k_trau parameter enables or disables 32 kbps GPRS TRAU

timeslots on a carrier. When this parameter is enabled for an RTF, all GPRS

TRAU channels are 32 bkps channels. Both CS-3 and CS-4 are supported.

Both BSC-PCU GDS and BSC-BTS may be equipped. The BSS calculates

bandwidth requirements during the equipage of the timeslots.

The alt_qual_proc parameter specifies whether receive quality processing is

performed

using Bit Error Rate (BER) values or Quality Band (QBand) units. The type of

values

and the range of values of six parameters are determined by the value

assigned to the

alt_qual_proc parameter.

The attach_detach parameter enables and disables the mandatory

International Mobile

Subscriber Identity (IMSI) attach/detach for the MS.

The auto_rf_loss_trace parameter enables and disables automatic RF Loss

tracing for

a cell. The destination for RF loss measurement reports is also specified when

RF loss

tracing is enabled.

If the auto_rf_loss_trace parameter is enabled for a cell with the destination set

for the

MMI and an RF loss occurs in the cell, a measurement report is sent to the

MMI and is

displayed in the same format as the output for the trace_call command. An

RLM cause

for the RF loss is included in the additional trace status field when the

measurement

report when generated by the RF loss trace.

The ba_alloc_proc parameter enables and disables the reinitialization of the

active block

following a change in the broadcast control channel allocation (BA) and the

suspension of

subsequent measurements until the new BA is reported.

The band_preference parameter displays the frequency bands that the cell

prefers to

use for handovers and specifies the destination frequency band for intercell

handovers.

The band_preference_mode parameter specifies the method the system uses

to

program a MultiBand MS with the preferred frequency band for a given cell in

the BSS.

The ber_loss_daily parameter specifies the daily Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm

threshold.

An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this threshold in a given 24 hour

period.

The ber_loss_hourly parameter specifies the hourly Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm

threshold.

This parameter represents the exponent of threshold BER. For example, 3

would be the

exponent value of 103, indicating 1 bit error in 1000 bits.

An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this threshold in a given 60 minute

period.

The bounce_protect_margin parameter, in conjunction with the ho_margin_cell

parameter, specifies the level by which a target cell must exceed the serving

cell.

This parameter prevents continuous handover bouncing between cells due to

RXQUAL

level and congestion reasons.

The bs_ag_blks_res parameter specifies the number of blocks reserved for

access

grant per 51–multiframes. The number of blocks reserved starting with (and

including)

block 0 are broadcast in the BCCH. The number of paging blocks available are

reduced

by the number of blocks reserved for access grant messages.

The choice of value is determined by the ratio of MS-originated calls to MS-

terminated

calls.

PCH and AGCH share the same TDMA mapping when combined onto a basic

physical

channel. Channels are shared on a block by block basis.

The bs_pa_mfrms parameter specifies the number of multiframes between

transmissions of paging messages to MSs of the same paging group. The

number of

paging blocks available (per CCCH) are those available (on a specific CCCH)

multiplied

by (bs_pa_mfrms).

The bsc_type parameter specifies the BSC configuration type.

The bsic parameter specifies the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC).

The BSIC is a local colour code that allows an MS to distinguish between

different

neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is encoded on the Synchronization

Channel.

The size of the BSIC is one octet made up of two values:

Network Colour Code (NCC). The NCC is three bits and is the same as the

Public

land mobile network (PLMN) Colour Code.

Base station Colour Code (BCC). The BCC is also three bits.

The values for the NCC and BCC may range from 000 to 111.

This parameter enables and disables the BSS to bar all access classes when

an

OVERLOAD message is received at the MSC.

The bssgp_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated

by the

BSS for cell block messages to the SGSN.

The bssgp_flow_control parameter specifies the downlink flow control

mechanism for

the PCU.

The bssgp_racap_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated

by the

BSS for RA-Capability-Update messages to the SGSN.

The bssgp_reset_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated

by the

BSS for Reset messages to the SGSN.

The bssgp_scheduling parameter specifies the scheduling type used in

downlink flow

control at the PCU. Packets can be scheduled on either a First In/First Out or

an Earliest

Deadline First basis.

The bssgp_unblock_retries parameter specifies the number of retries

generated by the

BSS for cell Unblock messages to the SGSN.

The bts_p_con_ack parameter specifies the maximum amount of time to wait

for RF

power change acknowledgements to the BSS. This allows a repeat of the BTS

power

control message if the BTS power has not been confirmed. This is effective

only if the

decision_alg_num equals 1.

The bts_p_con_interval parameter specifies the minimum amount of time in

multiples of

two SACCH multiframes between successive RF power change orders to the

BSS.

The time period is greater than or equal to (nx – px + 1) hreqave / 2

Where:

x equals

– 1 (lower threshold of RXLEV),

– 2 (upper threshold of RXLEV),

– 3 (lower threshold of RXQUAL), or

– 4 (upper threshold of RXQUAL).

n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny where y is a value from 1 to

4.

p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py where y is a value from 1 to

4.

hreqave is the number of measurements from the MS that are used in

calculating

one average.

The bts_power_control_allowed parameter enables or disables the downlink

RF power

control for the BSS. When enabled, the BSS uses up to 15 power control

levels.

The bts_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies the maximum transmit power

BTS inner

zone for Dual Band cells.

The bts_type parameter specifies the BTS configuration type. It is valid only for

sites 1

to 100.

The bvci parameter specifies a BSSGP Virtual Connection Identifier (BVCI).

There must

be one BVCI per cell and one signalling BVCI per BSS. BVCIs are

automatically

generated by the BSS on creation of a cell.

The call_trace_options parameter enables or disables MSC initiated traces. It

also

specifies the percentage of traces exclusively reserved for MSC initiated call

traces.

The number of call trace instances that may be created is affected by the

percentage of

traces reserved exclusively for MSC initiated traces. This percentage is

specified using

the call_trace_options element. For example, if 50% of the traces are reserved

for

initiation from the MSC, a maximum of eight instances may be created using

the

trace_call command.

The called_pci parameter specifies whether point code is included in the called

party

address in the SCCP messages.

The calling_pci parameter enables or disables point code inclusion for the

calling party

address in the SCCP messages.

The carrier_disable_time parameter specifies the time delay between putting

individual

carriers into battery conservation mode after a main power failure is reported.

For example, when a main power failure is first reported the system waits for

the period

of time specified by the carrier_disable_time parameter before placing the first

carrier

into battery conservation mode. Then the system waits for the same period of

time

before placing the next carrier into battery conservation mode.

The carriers_ins_pwr_fail parameter specifies the number of carriers (RCUs)

left up in

the maintenance power state when emergency battery power starts (that is,

during a

main power failure).

The cbc_fast_select parameter enables and disables the fast connect function

for the

BSC. The fast connect function supports X.25 networks that do not support

user data in

connect and disconnect requests.

The cbc_intface_vers parameter selects the interface for each BSC site.

The available interfaces are either the standard interface or the interface with

the

repetition rate interpretation and CBCH loading fields.

The cbc_vbind_cntr parameter sets the number of successful VBINDs sent by

the BSS

to the CBC before a negotiate must take place within the next VBIND sent.

This parameter is effective on a per BSC basis.

The cbch_enabled parameter enables the Cell Broadcast Channel (CBCH)

option in a

cell.

The CBCH is used with the Short Message Service (SMS) Cell Broadcast

feature. An

operator defined message or set of background messages may be transmitted

on the

CBCH when the cbch_enabled parameter is enabled.

The cbs_outage_cntr parameter introduces a delay between an outage

occurring and

the CBS halting transmission of CBC originated messages.

This parameter is effective on a per BTS site basis.

The ccch_conf parameter specifies the organization of the Common Control

Channels (CCCH) on the BCCH. This field defines whether the CCCHs are

combined with SDCCH and SACCH onto the same basic physical channel.

The value depends on the size of the cell and on the number of access

attempts expected on the cell.

The ccch_load_period parameter specifies the number of TDMA multiframes

between

successive calculations of the RACH load during overload conditions.

The cell_bar_access_class parameter specifies access classes that are barred

(or not

barred) access to the PLMN. A channel request is initiated only when the

access class

of a mobile is “not barred”. The list of authorized access classes is broadcast

on the

BCCH by way of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Also broadcast are the

classes

that have access to emergency calls.

The cell_bar_access_switch parameter specifies whether or not subscribers

are barred

access to a cell in idle mode.

Emergency calls (user class 10) are not, and cannot be, barred.

The cell_bar_qualify parameter is used by the network to control MS cell

selection.

The cell_reselect_hysteresis parameter specifies the hysteresis level for cell

reselection into a different location area. The new cell is selected only if the

path loss

criterion parameter (C1) on the new cell exceeds C1 on the old cell by a

minimum of

value assigned to the cell_reselect_hysteresis parameter.

Differences in received signal levels from 0 to 14 dB (in 2 dB increments) are

used for

cell reselection.

The cell_reselect_offset parameter specifies a C2 offset value for the MS. C2

is the

reselection priority assigned to a cell which can be broadcast on the BCCH of

each cell.

When more than one cell is available for reselection, the MS reselects the cell

with the

highest C2 value.

Lower C2 values discourage fast moving MSs from selecting a specific cell.

Higher

values encourage MSs to reselect a specific cell.

The cell_reselect_parameter_ind parameter specifies whether the C2

parameters

(cell_bar_qualify, cell_reselect_offset, temporary_offset, and penalty_time) are

broadcast to the MS by the network in the system information messages.

The channel_reconfiguration_switch parameter enables and disables dynamic

channel reconfiguration (reassignment) of traffic channels to Standalone

Dedicated Control Channels (SDCCHs). The Cell Resource Manager (CRM)

may attempt to reconfigure an idle TCH into an SDCCH if a high proportion of

SDCCHs are in use and additional SDCCH requests are received. The

reconfiguration process continues until the number of idle SDCCHs reaches

the sdcch_need_high_water_mark value. The reconfiguration process stops

when the number of idle TCHs goes below the tch_full_need_low_water_mark

value or when the total number of SDCCHs configured reaches the

max_number_of sdcchs value.

The cic_error_clr_threshold parameter specifies the CIC error count clearing

threshold

at the BSC. When the error count reaches or falls below this threshold the

alarm clears.

The cic_error_decrement parameter specifies the CIC error decrement value.

The

system updates the CIC error count by this value whenever a successful call is

made.

For example, if cic_error_decrement is set to two, each successful call

decreases the

error count by two and two successful calls decrease the count by four.

The cic_error_gen_threshold parameter specifies the CIC error count threshold

at the

BSC. Once this threshold is reached, further CIC errors do not increase the

CIC error

count. When this threshold is reached or exceeded an alarm is generated.

If the error count threshold is exceeded, the error count resets to the error

count

threshold value.

The cic_error_increment parameter specifies the CIC error increment value.

The

system updates the CIC error count by this value whenever an error is

detected.

For example, if cic_error_increment is set to two. each detected error

increases the

error count by two, so that two errors are counted as four.

The cic_validation parameter enables or disables the CIC (Circuit Identity

Code)

validation.

The ciph_mode_rej_allowed parameter enables or disables the Cipher Mode

Reject

message to be sent to the MSC. This message generates when the Cipher

Mode

Command message from the MSC specifies ciphering that the BSS cannot

perform.

The clk_src_fail_reset_period parameter specifies the length of time for which

the OOS

count is kept for the MMSs at a site. At the end of the reset period, all of the

MMS OOS

counts are reset to zero.

The OOS counts are used in the selection process for an MMS as a reference

clock for

GCLK synchronization. If several MMSs have the same value assigned to the

mms_priority parameter, the MMS with the lowest OOS count is selected.

The coincident_cell parameter specifies the cell that is coincident to the cell

specified in the chg_cell_element coincident_mb prompt or the disp_cell

command.

The coincident_mb parameter specifies the ability of a BTS to execute the

Coincident MultiBand Handover option.

The coincident_offset parameter enables and disables the configuration of an

additional

offset to the ho_margin value between a cell and its coincident cell. The

system uses

the coincident_offset value when a handover from a MultiBand MS is based on

the

receive level for the serving cell.

The confusion_msg_allowed parameter enables and disables the BSS to send

Confusion messages over the A interface when an erroneous message is

received from

the MSC. If this parameter is not enabled, the system generates an alarm

instead of

sending a message to the MSC.

The congest_at_source parameter specifies how a specified source cell treats

target

cells when trying to find candidates for an imperative handover.

The specified source cell may be enabled to: (a) treat all target cells equally or

(b)

immediately retry target cells which were in the process of congestion relief.

The congest_at_target parameter specifies how a specified cell behaves if it

rejects a

handover request.

The congest_ho_margin parameter specifies the margin of a congestion

handover. To make it easier to handover to this neighbour in the case of

congestion in the current cell, this parameter value should be less that the

value of the handover margin(s). To disable congestion handovers to this

neighbour, set the congestion handover margin to the maximum value.

The cp_option_reset_ckt parameter enables and disables the reset circuit

feature.

The cp_option_rr_status parameter enables and disables the radio resource

status.

If this is enabled, the BSS can generate the 4.08 radio resource status

message to the

MS.

This parameter enables or disables the calling party address being included in

the SCCP

message Connection Request.

The ct_flow_control_hi_level parameter specifies the percentage of call trace

OML

buffer space that may be used before flow control is enabled. When this limit is

reached,

the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set to 1. (This level is not

used to

disable flow control.)

Setting this parameter to 100 disables flow control.

The ct_flow_control_lo_level parameter specifies the percentage of call trace

OML

buffer space that may be used before flow control is enabled. When this limit is

reached,

the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set to 0. (This level is not

used to


The ct_flow_control_msc_trace parameter specifies whether or not MSC

traces are allowed when flow control is enabled.

The data_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables the use of specific

rxqual

thresholds for data call handovers. A data call is one that involves the

transmission of computer data, such as a modem–to–modem call. These types

of calls are very sensitive to bit errors. Therefore, specific rxqual thresholds

may be configured to trigger data call handovers.

This parameter specifies the bin number containing the measurement

averaging

algorithm data used to make the handover decisions for downlink signal

strength.

This parameter may not be changed to a bin which does not contain valid

handover

algorithm data.


averaging

algorithm data used to make handover decisions for downlink signal

interference.


handover data.


averaging

algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to downlink signal

strength.


power control

data.


averaging

algorithm data used to generate handover decisions due to downlink receive

quality

(rxqual).


handover data.


averaging

algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to downlink

receive quality (rxqual). This parameter may not be changed to a bin which

does not contain valid power control

data.

These parameters specify N1 and P1 in the decision algorithm used in the

BSS.

N1 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process used in

decisions to increase uplink and downlink power. P1 is the number of samples

in the processed measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm

in place. If a least P1 averages out of N1 averages are lower than RSS

handover threshold l_rxlev_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold

l_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the corresponding uplink or downlink power must be

increased.


BSS.


decisions to decrease uplink and downlink power. P2 is the number of samples


in place. If at least P2 averages out of N2 averages are greater than RSS

handover threshold u_rxlev_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold

u_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the corresponding uplink or downlink transmit power

(txpwr) must be decreased.


BSS.


decisions to increase uplink and downlink power. P3 is the number of samples


in place. If at least P3 averages out of N3 averages are greater (worse quality)

than RSS handover threshold l_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover

threshold l_rxqual_dl_p (downlink), the corresponding uplink or downlink

transmit power (txpwr) must be increased.


BSS.


decisions to decrease uplink and downlink power. P4 is the number of samples


in place. If at least P4 averages out of N4 averages are lower (better quality)

than RSS handover threshold u_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover

threshold u_rxqual_dl_p (downlink), the corresponding uplink or downlink

transmit power (txpwr) must be decreased.


BSS.


handover decisions. P5 is the number of samples in the processed

measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least

P5 averages out of N5 averages are lower than RSS handover threshold

l_rxlev_ul_h (uplink) or RSS handover threshold l_rxlev_dl_h (downlink), a

handover might be required.


BSS.


handover

decisions. P6 is the number of samples in the processed measurement

(process)

relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P6 averages out of N6

averages

are greater (worse quality) than RSS handover threshold l_rxqual_ul_h (uplink)

or RSS

handover threshold l_rxqual_dl_h (downlink), a handover may be needed.


BSS.

N7 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process. P7 is the

number of samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the

(averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P7 averages out of N7 averages are

greater than RSS handover threshold u_rxlev_ul_ih (uplink) or RSS handover

threshold u_rxlev_dl_ih (downlink), an internal handover might be required if

rxqual_ul/dl is also greater than l_rxqual_ul/dl_h.


BSS.

N8 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process. P8 is the

number of

samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the (averaging)

algorithm in

place.

If at least P8 averages out of N8 averages are greater than RSS handover

threshold

ms_range_max, a handover might be required due to distance.

The decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc parameter specifies which bin is used

in the

surround_cell parameter for the purposes of candidate ordering. Therefore, it

also

specifies the hreqave value to use.


handover data.

The decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies which bin is used for

the

rxlev_dl_ho and surround_cell parameters for the purposes of making a Better

Cell

power budget (pbgt) handover decision.


power control

data.

The decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg parameter specifies the bin number

containing the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to make handover decisions due

to

distance.


handover data.

The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies the bin number containing

the


to uplink

signal strength.


handover data.

The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih parameter specifies the bin number containing

the


to uplink

signal interference.


handover data.

The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p parameter specifies the bin number containing

the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power control

changes due to

uplink signal strength.


power control

data.

The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h parameter specifies the bin number containing

the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate handover decisions

due to

uplink signal quality.


handover data.

The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p parameter specifies the bin number containing

the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power control

changes due to

uplink receive quality.


power control

data.

The decision_alg_type parameter specifies the current power control algorithm.

Disabling the decision_alg_type type parameter uses the bts_p_con_interval

and

ms_p_con_interval parameters. This setting does not allow use of the

bts_p_con_ack

and ms_p_con_ack timers.

Enabling decision_alg_type uses the bts_p_con_ack and ms_p_con_ack

timers.

Enabling the decision_alg_type parameter allows a power decision based on

quality to

increase the power. This results in a rxlev above the upper rxlev thresholds set

in:

u_rxlev_dl_pc

u_rxlev_ul_pc

The direct_inner_zone_threshold parameter specifies the rxlev threshold that

must be

exceeded by the MS reported rxlev for the call to qualify for accelerated

allocation of an

inner zone resource.

If the disuse_cnt_hreqave parameter is enabled, neighbour cells with a disuse

count

less than or equal to the maximum disuse count are still valid candidates for

handovers.

Disuse count is the number of consecutive measurement reports a previously

reported

neighbour is not reported by the mobile station. If the neighbor is reported

before the

maximum disuse count is reached, the disuse count is reset to 0.

If enabled, the maximum disuse count is defined by the surrounding cell

hreqave.

The dl_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies the downlink volume control offset

on a

per BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps with a maximum increase or

decrease of 30

dB (between –15 dB and 15 dB).

The audio level parameters affect background and comfort noise. The audio

level

parameters do not affect data.

The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter specifies the option for downlink

discontinuous

transmission (DTX) for speech and voice.

The dl_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a handover due to

downlink

receive level (rxlev).

The dl_rxqual_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a handover due to

downlink

receive quality (rxqual).

The dnlk_vad_dtx parameter enables or disables downlink Voice Activated

Detection/Discontinuous Transmission (VAD/DTX) at the RXCDR or at the

local

transcoding BSC.

If VAD is disabled, no silence/voice detection takes place and no DTX is

possible for

speech calls, regardless of the value of dl_dtx_voice_data.

This parameter replaces the xcdr_d_vad_dtx command.

The dpc parameter specifies the Destination Point Code (DPC). The range of

values

depends on the setting of the ss7_mode parameter.

The system checks the value of the opc and ss7_mode variables and

compares them to

the value for ss7_mode. If the ranges are not compatible, the system rejects

the

changes and displays the following message:

COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc equals dpc, communication

with MSC is

impossible.

The dr_allowed parameter enables or disables the Directed Retry option.

The dr_chan_mode_modify parameter determines if the channel mode modify

procedure will follow a successful handover of a Phase 1 MS in which the

channel mode

changed to full rate speech. The BSS reads this parameter only in the case of

a

successful handover in which the channel mode changed, the MS is Phase 1,

and the

new channel mode is full rate speech.

Changing the channel mode during a handover occurs only during a Directed

Retry

procedure. For this to occur, either an external Directed Retry handover has

successfully

completed to this BSS or an intra-BSS Directed Retry handover has

successfully

completed and either the database parameter dr_standard_congest or

dr_ho_during_assign is enabled in the source cell.

The dr_ho_during_assign parameter determines if a handover is handled

during an

assignment procedure.

This parameter can only be changed at the BSC.

This parameter will be copied if the copy_cell command is used.

This parameter is not read if the dr_preference parameter is disabled.

The dr_preference parameter enables or disables the Directed Retry

procedures.

The dr_standard_congest parameter enables or disables the standard Directed

Retry

congestion procedure is enabled in the cell. The procedure initiates a handover

if

possible for a call needing a TCH in the case of congestion.


The dtx_required parameter specifies the MS capability to use discontinuous

transmission (DTX). Enabling this feature helps to reduce interference and

prolong

battery life.

The dual_band_offset parameter estimates the effects of the power level

differences

that occur when comparing signal strengths from different zones. The

dual_band_offset is applied to power budget handover calculations from the

inner zone

to cells of any frequency type. Plus, it is used to evaluate the criteria for the

interzone

handovers within a cell.

The dyn_step_adj parameter enables or disables the uplink and downlink

dynamic step

adjustment algorithm for the step size. When enabled, the calculation of step

size can

include or exclude dynamic power reduction caused by the level being above

the upper

level threshold.

The dyn_step_adj_fmpr parameter specifies the percentage power reduction

used in

the dynamic power reduction calculation.

The dynet_tchs_reserved parameter specifies the amount of terrestrial backing

resources reserved for a changing cell when dynamic allocation is enabled for

the site

containing the cell.

The system rejects this parameter if the new value causes the total terrestrial

backing

resources for a BTS network to be less then the total reserved cell capacity.

The total terrestrial backing resources for a BTS network is the sum of the

terrestrial backing resources reserved on the DYNETs for the BTS network.

The total reserved cell capacity for a site is the sum of the reserved capacity

for all

of the cells at the site minus the dedicated resources for the site. If this total is

less than zero, it is set at zero. The total reserved cell capacity for a BTS

networks is then the sum of the total reserved cell capacity of the dynamic

allocation BTSs in the BTS network.

The early_classmark_sending parameter specifies the following:

Whether the BSS suppresses the early sending of the Classmark Update

message

to the MSC.

Whether an MS is allowed to send an early Classmark Change message.

The eas_alarm parameter is the text component of the EAS (External Alarm

System)

alarm table. The EAS alarm table consists of 34 indexed pairs consisting of a

text

component and a severity level. The text component and severity level are

assigned

when the EAS alarm table is initialized using the chg_eas_alarm command.

The text

component of an indexed pair may only be changed using the chg_eas_alarm

command.

The index number uniquely identifies each text and severity pair in the EAS

alarm table.

Index numbers are required to specify which of the 34 pairs to display. Index

values are 0

to 33.

The eas_alarm_type parameter specifies one of the EAS (External Alarm

System)

alarm table elements to one of eight optocouplers of an addressed PIX card.

The

eas_alarm_type value corresponds to the index number identifying the location

of a text

and severity level pair.

Index numbers are required to specify which of the 34 pairs to display. Index

values are

0 to 33.

The disp_element command displays the optocouplers and indexed alarm text

and

severity pairs assigned with the map_eas_opto command.

The output of the disp_element command appears in the form:

eas_alarm_type = x y x y x y x y x y

where each x corresponds to an opto# and each y corresponds to an alarm

text and

severity pair.

The eas_report_opto parameter specifies whether or not each of the eight

optocouplers

(optos) on a specific PIX card will report state changes.

Index numbers are required. Index numbers are used to identify the desired

EAS device.

Index values are assigned during installation.

The output of the disp_element command appears in the form:

eas_report_opto = 1 = ON 2 = ON 3 = OFF 4 = ON 5 = OFF 6 = ON 7 = ON 8

= ON

where 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, and 8 report state changes but 3 and 5 do not.

The eas_severity parameter specifies the severity level component of the EAS

(External

Alarm System) alarm table.

The index number uniquely identifies each text and severity pair in the EAS

alarm table.

The EAS alarm table consists of 34 indexed pairs consisting of a text

component and a

severity level. The text component and severity level are assigned when the

EAS alarm

table is initialized using the chg_eas_alarm command. The severity component

may be

changed using either the chg_element or the chg_eas_alarm command. If the

chg_eas_alarm command is used, it permits the alarm text to be changed at

the same

time.

“Clear” is a valid alarm condition, but it is not a valid alarm severity setting. All

alarms of

severity levels 0 to 4 can receive a “clear” indication for the original pegging of

an alarm

when a system is running.

The efr_enabled parameter enables or disables the Enhanced Full Rate (EFR).

The egsm_bcch_sd parameter specifies whether or not the cell is configured

for both

BCCH carriers and the placement of SDCCH channels for the Extended GSM

(EGSM)

cell.

The egsm_handover_threshold parameter specifies the range of interference

bands

allowed for handing over an extended GSM MS using a primary resource

which is

needed by a primary MS. Allowed interference bands are those above or

meeting a

specified threshold, which are considered best quality resources. Forced

handovers may

be disallowed by disabling the egsm_handover_threshold parameter.

The emergency_class_switch parameter enables or disables emergency calls

by

access class.

When disabled, all emergency calls are allowed.

When enabled, only emergency calls from classes 11 to 15 are allowed.

The en_incom_ho parameter enables or disables incoming handovers based

on

whether or not the cell is barred.

The erc_ta_priority parameter specifies the priority threshold for extended

range cell

neighbour. If the absolute timing advance is greater than the priority threshold,

the ERC

neighbours are placed at the top of the list of sorted handover candidates.

Otherwise,

the ERC neighbours are appended to the end of the list of candidates.

The ext_range_cell parameter enables or disables the Extended Range Cell

feature at a

Cell.

The extended_paging_active parameter enables or disables extended paging.

When enabled, the BTS sends pages to an MS in its extended page group

when all

pages could not be transmitted in the designated page group for the MS. The

MS must

receive and analyze messages for its paging group and the group two paging

blocks

later.

When disabled, extended page is not allowed.

The frequency_type parameter specifies the frequency type of a cell.

The full_pwr_rfloss parameter enables or disables the ability of the BSS power

control to

fully power up the MS and BTS at the point where the RF connection appears

to be lost.

When enabled, the transition to full power occurs when the threshold set by

link_about_to_fail is reached in the link_fail procedure.

The gclk_qwarm_flag parameter specifies the amount of time required by the

active

GCLK to warm up. It has no effect on the standby GCLK.

If this parameter is disabled, the active GCLK with hardware revision 9 or

greater

will require 15 minutes to warm up, while older GCLKs will require 30 minutes.

If this parameter is enabled, the software overrides the hardware timer on the

active GCLK and brings it into service after 15 minutes using the Fast GCLK

Warmup feature. This 15 minute period begins when the site is initialized.

This parameter is only valid for GCLK boards.

The global_reset_repetitions parameter allows the “Reset” message to be sent

indefinitely if Reset Ack is not received, or stops sending the “Reset” message

after a

fixed number of repetitions. The global reset procedure repeats is only if the

MSC fails to

acknowledge the BSS. After the fixed number of repetitions, an alarm is

generated.

If the value is set to 0, the global reset message repeats continuously until a

Reset Ack is

received.

If the value is set to a value greater than 0, the global reset message repeats

the number

of times entered and the alarm: No MSC Acknowledgement for Global Reset is

generated.

The gproc_slots parameter specifies the number of timeslots to be allocated to

all

GPROCs for the TDM highway. It is possible to configure different functions on

each of

the 32 channels. The system supports 16 or 32 timeslots for assignment to the

TDM

highway.

This parameter is not allowed at Horizonoffice BTS sites. 32 timeslots are

automatically

assigned to the TDM highway for Horizonoffice sites.

This parameter is not allowed at M-Cell sites.

The gprs_bs_cv_max specifies the maximum count down value a mobile can

use for

uplink RLC data transfer. The MS sends a count down value in each uplink

RLC data

block starting gprs_bs_cv_max blocks from the last block. The value sent is

decremented by one in each subsequent block. This allows the network to

identify the

last RLC block in the uplink TBF.

The gprs_dl_pwr_mode parameter specifies the downlink power control mode

that the

PCU uses to broadcast data blocks to the MS.

The gprs_drx_timer_max parameter specifies the maximum timer value

allowed for the

MS to request for non–DRX mode after packet transfer mode.

The gprs_enabled parameter specifies whether or not GPRS is unrestricted at

a cell.

The gprs_supported broadcast parameter describes the GPRS configuration of

a cell.

The BSS implements this as two cell elements: gprs_enabled and pcch_alloc.

The gprs_intraho_allwd parameter specifies whether or not the BSS performs

intra-cell

handovers to free GPRS timeslots currently in use for circuit traffic. Such

handovers

recover PDTCHs which have been switched to TCHs.

The gprs_mac_mode parameter specifies the medium access mode to be

used by the

PCU. The mode can be either “fixed” or “dynamic”.

The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by which to decrement

the MS

counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink acks/nacks

received

by the MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the

preset

internal timer T3182 expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec.

T3182

defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements

to zero,

then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the

GSM

standard referred to in this description.

Th gprs_ms_pan_inc parameter specifies the amount by which to increment

the MS

counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink acks/nacks

received

by the MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the

preset

internal timer T3182 expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec.

T3182

defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements

to zero,

then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the

GSM


The gprs_ms_pan_max parameter specifies the maximum value of the MS

counter

n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink acks/nacks

received by the

MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc.

n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the preset internal timer

T3182

expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec. T3182 defines how long

the

mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements to zero, then the MS

performs

an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the GSM standard

referred to in this

description.

The gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch parameter specifies the maximum transmit

power

allowed for GPRS MSs.

The gprs_network_operation_mode parameter specifies whether a GPRS is

present

between the MSC and the SGSN.

The gprs_pb parameter specifies the power reduction used by the BTS on the

BCCH

blocks.

The gprs_pc_alpha is the system parameter broadcast on the BCCH. It is used

as a

multiplier of the power offset in power control calculations. The actual

multiplying factor

is one tenth of the value set in this parameter; that is, if N is the value of this

parameter,

the multiplying factor is N/10.

The gprs_pc_meas_chan parameter specifies whether the MS measures the

received

power level on the downlink BCCH or PDCH in order to control the uplink

power.

The gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch parameter specifies the number of idle

circuit

switched resources on the GPRS carrier that must be exceeded before a

switchable

timeslot is reconfigured as a Packet Data Traffic Channel (PDTCH).

The gprs_sig_bvci parameter specifies the BVCI of the signalling source used

with

GBLs.

The group_block_unblock_allowed parameter allows the operator to make the

A

interface more efficient, by enabling support of the group blocking/unblocking

procedure,

if MSC supports circuit group block and unblock messages.

This parameter is only valid at the BSC (location = 0).

If this parameter is enabled, the following „group block‟ messages are sent to

the MSC:

Circuit Group Block

Circuit Group Unblock

If this parameter is disabled, the following „single circuit block‟ messages are

sent to the

MSC:

Block

Unblock

The gsm_cell_id_format parameter specifies the format of the GSM Cell

Identification

sent by the Call Processor (CP) to the switch.

The handover_power_level parameter defines the power control level to be

used by an

MS during a handover to a different cell.

The handover_required_curr_ch parameter specifies whether or not the

optional

message element current channel is included in the Handover Required

message to the

MSC.

This parameter should conform to the MSC capabilities.


The handover_required_reject_switch parameter disables or enables the

delivery of a

handover required reject message from the MSC to the source BSS in the

event that a

target cannot be found for a requested handover.

This parameter only applies to the BSC (location = 0).

If the handover_required_reject_switch is enabled (set to “1”), the BSS

expects to

receive a “handover required reject” message from the switch. Any internal

cells

that are candidates for the handover will not be included in the “Handover

Required” message. On receipt of the “Handover Required Reject” message

the

BSS will perform an internal handover if there are valid candidates.

If the handover_required_reject_switch is disabled (set to “0”), the BSS will

not

expect to receive a “Handover Required Reject” message from the switch and

will

include internal candidates in the “Ho Required” message.

The handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter determines whether the

optional

element speech_version_used can be built into the Handover Required

message.

The hdsl_losw_oos parameter specifies the HDSL Loss of Sync Word (LOSW)

out of

service (OOS) alarm period. The system takes the HDSL link out of service if

the sync

word is not received for the hdsl_losw_oos period.

The hdsl_losw_restore parameter defines the HDSL Loss of Sync Word

(LOSW)

restoration period. If the sync word is received for the

hdsl_losw_restore_period, the

system restores the HDSL link back into service (INS).

The hdsl_snr_daily parameter defines the HDSL Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)

daily

alarm level. If the SNR alarm level drops below the hdsl_snr_daily threshold for

an

accumulated period of hdsl_snr_daily_mon_period within a given 24 hour

period, a

daily alarm is generated.

The hdsl_snr_hourly parameter sets the threshold period for the hourly signal

to noise

ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below the hdsl_snr_hourly threshold for an

accumulated period of hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60 minute

period,

an hourly alarm is generated.

The hdsl_snr_hourly_period parameter sets the threshold period for the hourly

signal

to noise ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below the hdsl_snr_hourly

threshold for an

accumulated period of hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60 seconds

period,


The hdsl_snr_oos parameter specifies the SNR threshold level for the HDSL

Signal to

Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is continuously monitored by the system. If

the SNR

level drops below the hdsl_snr_oos threshold for more than

hdsl_oos_mon_period,

the HDSL link is taken Out Of Service (OOS).

The hdsl_snr_restore parameter specifies the SNR threshold level for the

HDSL Signal

to Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is continuously monitored by the system.

If the

SNR level rises above the hdsl_snr_restore threshold for more than

hdsl_oos_mon_period, the HDSL link is restored to service.

The ho_exist_congest parameter specifies how to handle existing calls on a

TCH when

an MS needs a TCH and none are available in that cell.

The options are: (a) to attempt to handover as many calls as the number of

queued

assignment requests, (b) to attempt to handover as many calls as meet the

congestion

handover criteria, and (c) no handover attempts (for this condition).


The ho_margin_def parameter sets the default value for the neighbour

handover margin

(ho_margin_cell) attribute of the source cell. The neighbour handover margin is

set using

the add_neighbor command and changed using the modify_neighbor

command.

The handover margin is the amount by which the neighbouring cell received

signal

strength must exceed the source cell received signal to request a handover.

In the context of the power budget process, the following equation must be

true: If

PBGT(n) > ho_margin(n) then a handover may be required.

The ho_margin_type5 parameter sets the power budget type 5 handover

margin.

The ho_margin_usage_flag parameter determines which sorting algorithm the

system uses to sort the neighbour list. If ho_margin_usage_flag is disabled,

handover candidates are always sorted using ho_margin_cell. If

ho_margin_usage_flag is enabled:

– Handover candidates for RXLEV handovers are sorted using

ho_margin_rxlev [n].

– Handover candidates for RXQUAL handovers are sorted using

ho_margin_rxqual [n].

– All other handover causes have neighbours are sorted using ho_margin_cell

value.

The ho_only_max_pwr parameter specifies whether the MS or the BTS must

be at full power before an rxlev or rxqual handover can take place.

If this option is enabled: The MS must be at full power for an uplink handover.

The BTS must be at full power for a downlink handover.

If ho_only_max_pwr is enabled, the system also removes all candidates for

interference handovers until the mobile/base is at full power.

The ho_pwr_level_inner parameter specifies the handover power level for the

inner

zone of a Dual Band cell. The valid range for this parameter depends on the

frequency

of the inner zone.

The hop_count parameter, combined with the hop_count_timer parameter,

limits the number of intracell interference handovers for a call.

The hop_count parameter sets the number of handovers. If the number of

handovers defined by the hop_count parameter occur within the time set by the

hop_count_timer, the system escalates the handover to a RXQUAL handover

to another cell.

The hop_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables the use of specific

rxqual

thresholds for hopping call handovers. Trials have shown that non-hopping

calls can show poor quality of service when the reported rxqual value is around

5, whereas hopping calls can provide the same quality of service with the

reported rxqual value at 6 or 7. If hop_qual_enabled is enabled and a hopping

call is in progress, the system uses the rxqual values set with the

chg_cell_element command (see Syntax below). If hop_qual_enabled is

disabled, the normal rxqual values set with the add_cell command are used.

The hopping_support parameter defines the frequency hopping in a cell. Two

methods

of achieving frequency hopping are available.

The hopping_systems_enabled parameter enables or disables a frequency

hopping

system.

An index number (fhi) is required. The frequency hopping indicator (fhi) value

specifies

which hopping system is affected. The range of values, entered as <index> is 0

– 3.

The hopping_systems_hsn parameter specifies the hopping sequence

(generator) number (HSN) to be used by the frequency hopping system. HSN

is one of seven parameters that defines a particular physical channel in a BTS.

The hopping_systems_mobile_alloc parameter allocates the Absolute Radio

Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) frequencies for hopping (either

baseband hopping or synthesizer hopping).

The illegal_circuit_id parameter is used as an identifier to describe a circuit that

is never used. This parameter is used as an internal place holder in call

processing to show that no circuit has been assigned to a call. The value may

be changed to permit a customer to specify the circuit ID to be used as the

illegal_circuit_id. If the value is not changed, a Motorola specified

illegal_circuit_id is assigned.

The immediate_assign_mode parameter specifies how the system responds

when no Standalone Dedicated Control Channels (SDCCHs) are available.

This parameter also determines the type of channel that is assigned to

immediate channel requests for emergency calls. If this parameter is set to

disabled, immediate channel requests are either rejected or discarded if there

is no SDCCH available for both normal and emergency calls. If this parameter

is enabled, idle TCH is searched and allocated for immediate channel requests

after all SDCCHs are busy for normal calls. For emergency calls, a TCH is

allocated if one is idle. If all TCHs are busy, an SDCCH is allocated for the

emergency call. If this parameter is set to 1, TSCs are allocated for any

reason. If this parameter is set to 2, TSCs are not allocated for a location

update.

The inner_zone_alg parameter specifies the use algorithm and the associated

parameters for the inner zone of the cell.

The intave parameter specifies the algorithm data needed for performing

interference

band averaging and classification during idle channel interference processing.

The inter_cell_handover_allowed parameter specifies how internal and

external

intercell handovers are managed at the BSC.

Internal intercell handovers are defined as handovers between cells in the

same BSS.

External intercell handovers are defined as handovers between cells in

different BSSs.

The interband_ho_allowed parameter specifies the handover frequencies for a

cell.

whose limit 0 to X5 is adjusted by Operations and Maintenance (O & M).

The interfer_ho_allowed parameter disables or enables handovers due to

interference. If this parameter is disabled, interference causes an intercell

RXQUAL handover instead of an intracell handover.

This parameter disables or enables intracell handovers under two conditions:

to begin the handover or to begin the handover when co-channel interference

is suspected. Intracell handovers are defined as handovers within the same

cell.

BSS support is optional. If the BSS does not support an internal intracell

handover, it is initiated by sending a Handover Required message.

The ksw_config parameter specifies the order in which the timeslots are

borrowed from

neighbouring cages. Each KSW pair provides 1024 timeslots. When there are

no more

timeslots available, the system borrows timeslots from neighbouring cages.

The l_rxlev_dl_h parameter specifies the handover thresholds for the lower

Receive

(Rx) level downlink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover

condition

exists.

The l_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the signal

strength of

the serving cell. This threshold is checked to determine if BTS power should be

increased.

The l_rxlev_ul_h parameter specifies the handover threshold for the lower

Receive (Rx)

level uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover condition

exists.

The l_rxlev_ul_p parameter specifies the lower uplink limit for the signal

strength of the

mobile. This threshold is checked to determine if MS power should be

increased.

The l_rxqual_dl_h parameter specifies the handover control threshold for the

lower

Received (Rx) quality downlink. This threshold is checked to determine if a

handover

condition exists.

Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error Rate (BER) values or

Quality

Band (QBand) units. The type of unit is specified by the alt_qual_proc

parameter.

The l_rxqual_dl_h_data parameter specifies the handover control threshold for

the

lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for data transmissions only (for example

modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a handover

condition

exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is being

transmitted, by

use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In

this

situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h threshold value, as set in the

add_cell

command.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover control threshold

for the

lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for hopping calls only. This threshold is

checked to

determine if a handover condition exists. This threshold is enabled and set to

be used

for hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled parameter in a

chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h threshold

value, as

set in the add_cell command.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the signal

quality of

the serving cell. This threshold is checked to determine if BTS power should be

increased.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_dl_p_data parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the

signal

quality of the serving cell, for data transmissions only (for example modem-to-

modem

calls). This threshold is checked to determine if BTS power should be

increased. This

threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is being transmitted, by use

of the

data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In this

situation it is

used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold value, as set in the add_cell

command.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the

signal

quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only. This threshold is checked to

determine

if BTS power should be increased. This threshold is enabled and set to be

used for

hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled parameter in a

chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold

value, as



Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_ul_h parameter specifies the handover control threshold for the

receive

(Rx) quality uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover

condition exists.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_ul_h_data parameter specifies the handover control threshold for

the

lower Received (Rx) quality uplink, for data transmissions only (for example

modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a handover

condition

exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is being

transmitted, by

use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In

this

situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold value, as set in the

add_cell

command.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover control threshold

for the


checked to


be used


chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold

value, as



Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover control threshold

for the


checked to


be used


chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold

value, as



Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_ul_p parameter specifies the lower uplink limit of the signal quality

of the

MS. This threshold is checked to determine if MS power should be increased.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_ul_p_data parameter specifies the lower uplink limit for the signal

quality

of the serving cell, for data transmissions only (for example modem-to-modem

calls).

This threshold is checked to determine if MS power should be increased. This

threshold

is enabled and set to be used when data is being transmitted, by use of the

data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In this

situation it is

used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_p threshold value, as set in the add_cell

command.


Quality


parameter.

The l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping parameter specifies the lower uplink limit for the

signal

quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only. This threshold is checked to

determine

if MS power should be increased. This threshold is enabled and set to be used

for

hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled parameter in a

chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold

value, as



Quality


parameter.

The land_layer1_mode parameter specifies the layer 1 mode of the land

network

TELCO connection type. Only the 2.048 Mbit/s – CEPT format is currently

supported.

All BTS site values are set to the BSC value.

This parameter may be set only while in the initial SYSGEN mode. All BTS site

values

are set to BSC (site 0) value when the database is loaded initially.

The layer_number parameter specifies the serving cell as being a macrocell,

microcell,

or picocell.

When an RXQUAL handover condition exists, the system attempts to

handover a call in

the microcell layer to another cell in the microcell layer.

This parameter specifies the layer for a cell.

The link_about_to_fail parameter specifies the number of undecoded SACCH

frames

before the BSS and MS are increased to full power. The number of SACCH

frames is

calculated by subtracting the number of undecoded SACCH frames

represented by the

value entered for this parameter from the number of undecoded SACCH

frames

represented by the link_fail parameter.

For example, if link_fail is set to 5 (24 SACCH frames) and link_about_to_fail is

set to

1 (4 SACCH frames), the BSS and MS is increased to full power when 20

undecoded

SACCH frames are received.

Full power is specified by the max_tx_bts parameter for the downlink power;

and

max_tx_ms or max power capability of the MS for uplink power.

This provides a method for improving the quality of a call by increasing the

power of the

signal transmitted by the BSS to an MS.

The link_fail parameter specifies the number of lost SACCH multiframes

before a loss of

SACCH is reported to Abis.

This parameter is also known as the T100_TIMER.

The radio link failure criterion is based on the radio link counter S. S is set to

the value

specified for link_fail. If the BSS is unable to decode a SACCH message, the

count in S

is decremented by 1. When the BSS successfully decodes a SACCH

message, the

count in S is incremented by 2 up to the value of the link_fail parameter.

A radio link failure occurs when S equals 0. The BSS continues transmitting on

the

downlink until S reaches 0.

The local_maintenance parameter specifies whether or not database elements

that can

be configured via the OMC-R interface can be modified from a local

maintenance

terminal or from an rlogin. This is used to synchronize the database in the BSS

and the

data modelled in the OMC-R MIB.

The low_sig_thresh parameter specifies the minimum receive level for

redirected

handovers. When a call, using a MultiBand MS, is on any cell, and a handover

is

triggered to a cell with a coincident cell, the handover takes place to the

coincident cell, if

the measured receive level from the target cell exceeds this parameter value.

The lta_alarm_range parameter specifies the alarm range on the allowed Long

Term

Average (LTA) variation. Temperature changes can cause the frequency

generated by

the VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator) to vary. The default range (7)

is

sufficient to compensate for normal day to day variations in temperature. This

value

should not be changed unless it is known that the MMS or uplink clock is faulty.

The LTA is a rolling average of the values read from the clock frequency

register

(CLKFREQ) of each GCLK once every half hour after synchronization if the

GCLK is

phase locked. Up to 48 clock frequency readings are stored. These stored

readings are

used to calculate the LTA. An alarm will be generated if 25% or more of the

stored

readings differ from the calculated LTA by more than the value that is specified

by the

lta_alarm_range parameter.

The CLKFREQ register is used to maintain the correct frequency generated by

the

VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator). The register centre value is 80h.

The ltu_fw_auto_download parameter specifies if Horizonoffice HDSL modem

devices

are to be downloaded automatically with new firmware when it is made

available.

A warning prompt displays when this parameter is enabled:

WARNING: RF Unit MMSs will be cycled if a firmware download is required

Are you sure (y=yes,n=no)?

The max_ms_dl_buffer parameter specifies the maximum size of the downlink

buffer

allocated to every MS in the cell.

The max_ms_dl_rate parameter specifies the maximum rate at which the

SGSN

transmits downlink data to any MS in the cell.

The max_number_of_sdcchs parameter specifies the maximum number (limit)

of

SDCCHs that may be reached with the reconfiguration process. It determines

the

maximum limit of the SDCCHs that the CRM will maintain.

The max_q_length_full_rate_channel parameter specifies the maximum

number of

MSs that may wait in queue for a full rate channel assignment.

If an idle traffic channel is not available at the channel assignment instant, the

network

may place the traffic channel request in queue.

If the queue length is 0, queuing is not allowed.

The max_q_length_sdcch parameter specifies the maximum length of the

queue for

Stand-alone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH) requests.

The max_retran parameter specifies the maximum channel request

retransmission value

for MSs. After a channel request is initiated, T3120 (timer) begins; if the

number of

retransmissions does not exceed the maximum retransmissions received on

the BCCH,

the channel request message is repeated. The maximum retransmission value

may also

be defined for the cell reselection.

The max_rst_ckt_timer_exps parameter specifies the number of times that the

Reset

Circuit message is repeated if there is no answer from the MSC.

The max_tx_bts parameter specifies the maximum output power for a BTS

within its

power class. This can be used to establish a cell boundary. A BTS is capable

of

reducing its power in a range of 21 steps of 2 dBm per step.

The max_tx_ms parameter specifies the maximum MS (Mobile Subscriber)

output

power. Regardless of the power class of the MS, the MS is not told to use a

higher

output power.

The value should be chosen to balance the up and down links in a cell.

This parameter is also used in the power budget calculation.

The mb_preference parameter enables or disables the Multiband Intercell

Handover

feature.

The mb_tch_congest_thres parameter specifies the level of overall TCH

utilization by

any MS in a given Cell, at which a MultiBand MS is redirected to the preferred

band (as

set by band_preference). The parameter is expressed as a percentage.

The missing_rpt parameter enables or disables the suspension of the storing,

averaging, and processing of downlink power control and handovers.

The mmi_cell_id_format parameter specifies the format that the MMI

command line

accepts for the GSM Cell Identification number. The formats available are: 4-

parameter

and 7-parameter.

The mms_cat_enabled parameter enables or disables the MMS Critical Alarm

Threshold (CAT).

When enabled, the MMS CAT triggers if alarm conditions cause the MMS to go

in and

out of service 10 times within a 10 minute period. The MMS then is taken out of

service

until a lock-unlock is performed. When the MMS is returned to service, the

MMS CAT

message displays.

When disabled, the MMS remains in service even if the MMS CAT is met or

exceeded.

The mms_config_type parameter specifies the signalling type for all MMSs.

The

signalling type depends on the carrier type being used, E1 or T1. This value

may not be

changed after the database is initially loaded.

The parameter may only be set while in the initial SYSGEN ON mode. All BTS

site or

PCU values are set to the value assigned to the BSC (site 0) or PCU (pcu)

when the

database is initially loaded.

The ms_distance_allowed parameter disables or enables the distance

comparison

process for handovers.

When enabled, the distance comparison process might cause a handover if

the distance

between the MS and the BSS is greater than the ms_max_range. If this

parameter is

enabled, the value chosen for ms_max_range needs careful optimization.

The ms_max_range parameter specifies the MS maximum range for the

handover

algorithm.

This parameter must be programmed in terms of timing advance bits. The

following

equation shows the relationship between distance and timing advance:

(timing advance)(bit period)(propagation velocity) = 2 (distance from MS to

BSS)

Value 0 corresponds to no timing advance. Values 1 to 63 represent the bit

periods that

the MS transmission (to the BSS) are delayed.

If The Extended Range Feature is unrestricted and Extended Range is enabled

in the

cell, the maximum value of ms_max_range increases to 219.

The ms_p_con_ack parameter specifies the time for which power control can

be

resumed if power change acknowledgement is not received from the MS. This

parameter is effective only if the decision_alg_num equals 1.

The ms_p_con_interval parameter specifies the minimum amount of time in

multiples of

two SACCH multiframes between successive RF power change orders to the

MS.

This value depends on the value for the decision_alg_num parameter.

If decision_alg_num = 1, then the recommended value for ms_p_con_interval

equals hreqave divided by 2 (hreqave/2).

If decision_alg_num = 0, then the minimum recommended value for

ms_p_con_interval equals 2 plus hreqave divided by 2 (2+hreqave/2).

The ms_power_control_allowed parameter enables or disables MS power

control.

Enabling this feature helps to reduce interference.

The ms_power_offset parameter specifies the power offset value sent out in

the BCCH

system information which will utilize the additional power capabilities of a class

3

DCS1800 MS that is accessing on the RACH. The value is a positive power

offset from

the value set by ms_txpwr_max_cch.

The ms_txpwr_max_cch parameter specifies the maximum random access

power

available for a MS on a control channel (ccch) in a cell. This parameter is

expressed as

a power level value.

Before accessing a cell on the RACH and before receiving the first power

command

during a communication on a DCCH (or TCH), the MS uses one of two

possible power

levels.

The MS uses the lower power level of the two available: either the

ms_txpwr_max_cch

broadcast on the BCCH or the maximum transmit power as defined by the

power class of

the MS.

The ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter specifies the maximum MS transmit power

in each

neighbour cell.

The ms_txpwr_max_def parameter specifies the default value for the

ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter.

The ms_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies the maximum power an MS can

use in

the inner zone of a concentric cell.

The msc_preference parameter specifies A interface messaging if an external

handover

is needed during an assignment procedure. This parameter should align with

the MSC

implementation which may depend on whether queueing is enabled in the cell.

The

cause value sent to the MSC can be set according to whether directed retry is

supported

by the MSC.

The msc_qt parameter specifies a defined idle bit pattern for use by the

Transcoder Rate

Adaption Unit (TRAU) and the MSC.

The idle pattern is defined in the GSM specification (see References below) as:

The idle pattern must be transmitted on every timeslot that is not assigned to a

channel, and on every timeslot of a channel that is not allocated to a call. The

idle

pattern should be 01010100.

The binary pattern 01010100 corresponds to decimal 84 which is the default

value of this

parameter.

This parameter must correspond to the MSC value for an idle PCM sample on

the A

interface. When the XCDR receives this value from the MSC in all PCM

samples in its

20 ms frame, it outputs a TRAU idle speech frame. In the uplink, this

parameter sets the

value of PCM that the XCDR outputs to the MSC before the XCDR has

achieved TRAU

sync with the CCU in the DRI.

Once this value has been set to match the MSC idle pattern, it does not require

any

further changes.

The mspwr_alg parameter enables or disables the enhanced power control

algorithm.

The enhanced power control algorithm is used to prevent oscillation for MS

power control

where power is reduced for RXQUAL reasons and subsequently increased for

RXLEV

reasons.

The mtl_loadshare_granularity parameter sets the loadshare granularity across

MTL

links.

The multiband_reporting parameter specifies the number of cells of each

supported

band the system includes in the MS Measurement Report.

The n_avg_i parameter specifies the number of signal strength measurements

that must

be made for each filtered interference signal strength sample. NAVG_I is the

number of

radio blocks that the signal strength is computed on over a period of TAVG_I.

The ncc_of_plmn_allowed parameter is a bit mapped value which specifies

which Network Colour Codes (NCCs) are allowed on specific broadcast control

channels (BCCH carriers).

The neighbor_journal parameter enables or disables neighbour journaling.

If journaling is enabled:

There is no warm up period for neighbours. All neighbor information is

padded

with 0‟s. Averaging and power budget calculations will begin immediately.

If a previously reported neighbor is missing in the measurement report, a 0

rxlev is

used for the neighbor.

If journaling is disabled:

There is a warmup period of the surround cell hreqave before power budget

calculations begin.

The last received rxlev for the unreported neighbor is used.

The ni parameter specifies the Network Indicator (NI) that establishes a

method of

differentiation between international and national messages.

The ns_alive_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated to

establish if

a NSVC is alive.

The ns_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated to

block a

NSVC.

The ns_unblock_retires parameter specifies the number of retries generated to

unblock

a NSVC.

The nsei parameter specifies the Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) used

by the

BSS over the Gb interface. There can be only one NSEI associated with each

BSS.

The num_audit_retries parameter specifies the number of times CP processes

audit

each other with regard to a particular connection. If an audit fails, it repeats up

to the

value specified by num_audit_retries, before a particular call is cleared by the

auditing

process.

This parameter provides a means of differentiating between glitches on a link

and a

complete link failure.

The num_emerg_access parameter enables or disables the collection of

statistics in

relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to allow an emergency

call to take

the specified GSM Cell.

An index value of 0 must be used for this element.

The num_emerg_rejected parameter enables or disables the collection of

statistics in

relation to the number of emergency calls rejected because of a lack of

resources for the

selected GSM Cell.


The num_emerg_tch_kill parameter enables or disables the collection of

statistics in

relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to allow an emergency

call to the

channel on the specified GSM cell.


The num_emerg_term_sdcch parameter enables or disables the collection of

statistics

in relation to the number of emergency calls that are terminated after being

allocated a

SDCCH but could not be allocated a TCH for the specified GSM cell.


The num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples parameter specifies the number of samples

used to

compute the gbl_dl_data_thrput statistic.

The num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples parameter specifies the the number of

samples used

to compute the gbl_ul_data_thrput statistic.

The number_of_preferred_cells parameter specifies the maximum number of

target

cells to be included in a Handover Required message.

The preferred list of target cells is a mandatory BSS field. The number of

preferred cells

is given in order of predicted best performance.

The number_sdcchs_preferred parameter specifies the preferred number of

Standalone Dedicated Control Channels (SDCCHs) that the reconfiguration

algorithm

tries to maintain.

When channel reconfiguration is enabled, the CRM attempts to maintain the

preferred

number of SDCCHs for Immediate Assignments.

The reconfiguration either of consist idle TCHs being converted to SDCCHs or

free

SDCCHs being converted to TCHs.

The opc parameter specifies the Originating Point Code (OPC). The values for

the OPC

are stored as a 14-bit binary code.

If the opc parameter is set to equal the dpc, the system issues a warning:

COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc equals dpc, communication

with MSC is

impossible.

The option_alg_a5_1 parameter enables or disables the encryption algorithm

A5/1.


A5/2.


A5/2.


A5/2.


A5/2.


A5/2.


A5/2.

The option_emergency_preempt parameter enables or disables the

emergency call

preemption option. The emergency call preemption feature enables the BSS to

provide

access for emergency calls regardless of other traffic currently on the BSS. An

emergency call is identified in the RACH burst from the MS.

The outer_zone_usage_level parameter specifies the percentage level of outer

cell

traffic channel (TCH) usage.

If this parameter is set to 0, channels in the inner zone is used whenever an

MS is

qualified to use those resources.

If this parameter is set to any other value, the inner zone resources are

allocated

only when an MS is qualified and at least the specified percentage of outer

zone

TCHs is in use.

The override_intra_bss_pre_transfer parameter specifies whether or not a pre-

transfer

request is sent to SM (Switch Manager) when the handover allocation

message is

received during an inter-cell handover.

This parameter only applies to intra-BSS inter-cell handovers.

Call processing sends the pre-transfer request to the switch manager, to make

a

connection in the downlink direction from the active CIC to the new radio

channel at the

time of the new radio channel assignment. This puts voice traffic on the new

radio

channel that the mobile is being handed off to earlier than when the pre-

transfer function

is disabled.

This parameter also determines which method of audio connection is used for

the BTS

concentration resource optimization for the handovers feature.

The override_speech_version parameter specifies a speech version when

multiple

speech versions are included in a Handover Request or Assignment message

from the

MSC. The choices are:

The first speech version that is supported by the BSS from the list of speech

versions provided by the MSC.

The Full Rate speech version by preference.

The Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) by preference.

The pcr_enable parameter enables or disables the PCR error correction

method. This

method is used when transferring messages between the MSC and the BSC

(via the A

interface).

If PCR is enabled, then:

ss7_l2_t7 > 800 milliseconds.


The pcr_n1 parameter specifies the maximum number of message units to be

retained

for retransmission for the PCR Error Correction method.

The pcr_n2 parameter specifies the maximum number of message unit octets

to be

retained for retransmission for the PCR Error Correction method.

The phase2_classmark_allowed parameter defines the format of the

classmark

parameter sent to the MSC based on GSM phases.

The phase2_resource_ind_allowed parameter specifies the GSM Phase

format the

BSS uses to send Resource Request messages to the MSC.

If this parameter is set to 0, the BSS sends the messages in the GSM Phase 1

format.

If this parameter is set to 1, the BSS sends the messages in the GSM Phase 2

format.

The phase_lock_gclk parameter enables or disables phase locking for the

GCLK board

at a site.

Phase locking means the GCLK board is synchronized with the clock of the

MMS

selected as determined by the mms_priority value. The mms_priority value is

specified

using the modify_value command.

The pool_gproc_preemption parameter specifies what type of preemption to

use for

pool GPROCs.

When a pool GPROC running a function goes OOS and there are no available

pool

GPROCs, the INS pool GPROCs can be searched for a lower priority function.

If such a

function is found, it is “bumped” from its GPROC by the higher priority function.

The poor_initial_assignment parameter enables or disables checking the

timing

advance on a Random Access Channel (RACH). If the RACH is too far away,

this

indicates that there has been a poor initial assignment, and therefore the

RACH is

discarded.

If this feature is enabled, the ms_max_range parameter must be carefully

optimized.

The pow_inc_step_size_dl parameter specifies the step sizes for power

increases from

the BTS to the MS.

The pow_inc_step_size_ul parameter specifies the step size increases from

the MS to

the BTS.

The pow_red_step_size_dl parameter specifies the step size for power

decreases from

the BTS to the MS.

The pow_red_step_size_ul parameter specifies the step size for power

decreases from

the MS to the BTS.

The prioritize_microcell parameter specifies whether or not the level (micro or

macro)

of the serving cell impacts the sorting of the candidate list.

If prioritize_microcell is set to 0, the level of the service cell does not impact

sorting of

the candidate list.

if prioritize_microcell is set to 1, the level of the serving cell impacts the sorting

of the

candidate list.

The protect_last_ts parameter specifies the switchability of PDTCH when there

is one

(and only one) switchable PDTCH on a carrier and none are reserved.

When protect_last_ts is set to 1, the PDTCH may not be allocated to a voice

call unless

there is no data flowing or queued for that timeslot.

When protect_last_ts is set to 0, there is no restriction and the last remaining

switchable

PDTCH can be taken for a voice call.

The pwr_handover_allowed parameter enables or disables the power budget

assessment for handovers.

When enabled, a handover to cell “n” might be required if: PBGT(n) –

ho_margin(n) > 0.

This comparison ensures that the MS is always linked to the cell with the

minimum path

loss even though the quality and level thresholds may not have been

exceeded.

The pwrc parameter specifies whether or not the Broadcast Control Channels

(BCCH)

measurement are included in the averaged value of hopping frequencies.

This parameter specifies the maximum number of MSs that may wait in a

queue for

channel assignment. A value of 0 indicates that queueing is not allowed.

The ra_colour parameter specifies the routing area colour used in System

Information

messages for a specific cell and, therefore, indicates that GPRS is supported

in the cell.

The rac parameter specifies the routing area code (RAC) which is part of the

cell

identifier for GPRS cells.

The rach_load_period parameter specifies the number of TDMA multiframes

between

successive calculations of the RACH load during the non-overload conditions.

The rach_load_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for RACH load. If

the

calculated RACH load exceeds this threshold, an overload condition is

signalled and an

access class is barred at the cell where the overload is occurring.

If the RACH load exceeds rach_load_threshold, an overload indication is sent

to Call

Processing which may result in an access class being barred. The RACH load

may be

The rach_load_type parameter specifies the RACH loading calculation method.

The radio_link_timeout parameter specifies the threshold (limit) for the radio

downlink

failure on the Slow Associated Control Channel (SACCH). The channel should

only be

held for as long as a user could reasonably be expected to hold while

experiencing loss

of audio.

This parameter enables or disables the rapid power down procedure. The rapid

power

down procedure bypasses the pow_red_step_size values set in the database

in an

effort to bring the power of the MS to an acceptable level quickly.

Detected MS power levels are averaged over the number of SACCH periods

specified by

the rpd_period parameter. This average is compared to the value specified for

the

rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure will be initiated when the

calculated

value is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger parameter.

The rci_error_clr_threshold parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI)

error count clearing threshold at the BSC. When the error count reaches or

falls below

this threshold the alarm clears.

The rci_error_decrement parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI) error

decrement value. The system updates the RCI error count by this value

whenever a

successful call is made.

For example, if rci_error_decrement is set to 2. each successful call decreases

the

error count by two, so that two successful calls would decrease the count by 4.

The rci_error_gen_threshold parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI)

error count threshold at the BSC. When this threshold is reached or exceeded

an alarm

generates.

Once this threshold is reached, further RCI errors do not increase the RCI

error count. If

the error count threshold is exceeded, the error count resets to the error count

threshold

value.

The rci_error_increment parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI) error

increment value. The system will update the RCI error count by this value

whenever an

error is detected.

For example, if rci_error_increment is set to 2. each detected error increases

the error

count by two, so that two errors are counted as 4.

The red_loss_daily parameter specifies the synchronization loss, daily alarm

level count

on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the synchronization loss meets or exceeds

the

threshold in a given 24 hour period.

The red_loss_hourly parameter specifies the synchronization loss, daily alarm

level

count on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the synchronization loss meets or

exceeds the

threshold in a given 60 minute period.

The red_loss_oos parameter specifies the synchronization loss, Out Of Service

(OOS)

daily alarm level count for a T1 circuit. The T1 circuit is be taken OOS if the

synchronization loss meets or exceeds this threshold during a given 24 hour

period.

The red_loss_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss, restorable

time limit

for a T1 circuit. If a synchronization loss error does not occur within this period

of time,

the T1 circuit is brought back in service. The synchronization loss is controlled

by the

value assigned to the red_loss_oos parameter.

The red_time_oos parameter specifies the synchronization loss time for a T1

circuit. If

synchronization is lost for this period of time, the T1 circuit is taken Out Of

Service

(OOS).

The red_time_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss restart time

for a T1

link. If synchronization loss does not occur within this period of time, the T1 link

returns

to service.

The reestablish_allowed parameter enables or disables call establishment.

If a BTS detects that an MS has not sent up any measurement reports for n

number of

SACCH periods (where n is defined by the parameter radio_link_timeout), a

radio link

failure occurs.

When enabled, the MS executes the GSM call reestablishment algorithm to

determine

which cell to use for the attempt to reestablish the call.

The rel_tim_adv parameter is the relative timing advance value used in HDPC

averaging

processing.

The chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command is used to modify the value of

this

parameter.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command to specify

the

location of the parameters to be modified.

The remote_loss_daily parameter specifies the threshold for the daily count of

remote

alarms.

An alarm generates if this threshold is met or exceeded during a 24 hour

period.

The remote_loss_hourly parameter specifies the threshold for the hourly count

of

remote alarms.

An alarm generates if this threshold is met or exceeded during a 60 minute

period.

The remote_loss_oos parameter specifies the Out of Service (OOS) threshold

for the

remote alarm

When this threshold is met or exceeded, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken OOS.

The remote_loss_restore parameter specifies the wait time for restoring the 2

Mbit/s

circuit to service.

If no remote alarm indication errors are detected during this wait time, the 2

Mbit/s circuit

returns to service.

The remote_time_oos parameter specifies the remote alarm time period. If a

remote

alarm exists for this amount of time, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken Out Of Service

(OOS).

The remote_time_restore parameter sets the remote alarm restorable time. If

the

remote alarm ceases for this period of time, the 2 Mbit/s circuit returns to

service.

The report_resource_tch_f_high_water_mark parameter specifies the high

need

threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the resource indication

procedure. When

the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs falls below this threshold, the

internal

resource indication timer starts and the resource indication message is sent to

the MSC.

That is, the Resource Request message received from the MSC is indicating a

spontaneous mode.

The report_resource_tch_f_low_water_mark parameter specifies the low need

threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the resource indication

procedure. When

the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs rises above this threshold, the

internal

resource indication timer stops (if it is running). That is, the Resource Request

message

received from the MSC is indicating a spontaneous mode.

The rf_res_ind_period parameter specifies the RF resource indication period.

During

this period, the idle channel is categorized. The idle channel categories are

reported to

the CRM by the RSS. The idle channel categories are: X1, X2, X3, X4, and X5.

The rpd_offset parameter specifies the offset value used when calculating the

receive

uplink level for an MS when the rapid power down procedure initiates.

The receive uplink level is equal to rpd_trigger minus rpd_offset.

The rpd_period parameter specifies the number of SACCH frames used to

calculate a

rolling average of uplink rxlev values.


specified by


the

rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure initiates when the

calculated value

is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger parameter.

The rpd_trigger parameter specifies the threshold used to initiate the rapid

power down

procedure.


specified by


the

rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure initiates when the

calculated value

is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger parameter.

The receive uplink power level is equal to rpd_trigger minus rpd_offset.

The rpt_bad_qual_no_mr parameter specifies whether or not the uplink quality

value of

7 is allowed in a missing measurement report.

When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 0, the worst quality value, 7, is not used to

signify

the quality if the measurement report does not arrive.

When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 1, the worst quality value, 7, is used to

signify the

quality if the measurement report does not arrive.

The OMC-R is able to display and change rpt_bad_qual_no_mr over the

BSS–OMC-R

interface. This attribute is not required during cell creation.

The rtf_path_enable parameter enables or disables the RTF Fault

Containment feature.

The rxlev_access_min parameter specifies the minimum received signal level

(dBm)

required for an MS to access the system.

The range –110 dBm to –47 dBm is used to set the minimum received signal

level which

in turn is used in path loss criterion parameter, C1. This should be set to a

value

corresponding to a signal level at which a call can be maintained in a particular

environment.

The rxlev_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover

decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal level.

The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command changes the averaging algorithm

data for

the downlink receive level handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command to specify

the


The rxlev_dl_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

power control


The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_pc command changes the averaging algorithm

data for

the downlink receive level power control.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_pc command to specify

the


The rxlev_dl_zone parameter specifies the downlink receive level threshold

that must be

crossed for a handover to take place between the outer zone and the inner

zone.

The rxlev_min_def parameter specifies the default value for rxlev_min_cell.

The rxlev_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover

decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal level.

The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho commands changes the averaging

algorithm data

for the uplink receive level handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho command to specify

the


The rxlev_ul_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

power control


The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_pc command changes the averaging algorithm

data for

the uplink receive level.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_pc command to specify

the


The rxlev_ul_zone parameter specifies the uplink receive level threshold that

must be

crossed for a handover to take place between the inner zone and the outer

zone.

The rxqual_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover

decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command changes the averaging

algorithm data

for the downlink receive quality handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command to specify

the


The rxqual_dl_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

power

control decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_pc command changes the averaging

algorithm data

for the downlink receive quality power control.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_pc command to specify

the


The rxqual_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover

decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command changes the averaging

algorithm data

for the uplink receive quality handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command to specify

the


The rxqual_ul_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

power

control decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg rxqual_ul_pc command changes the averaging algorithm

data for the

uplink receive quality power control.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_pc command to specify

the


The sap_audit_type parameter specifies the type of audit to be run on a device

at a

specific site.

The sap_device_type parameter specifies the type of device on which an audit

runs at a

specific site.

The sap_end_time parameter specifies the ending time for a device audit.

When this parameter is displayed using the disp_element command, the time

is

presented in military standard time or GMT (such as sap_end_time = 13:45).

The sap_interval parameter specifies the interval for a device audit.


is

presented in military standard time or GMT (such as sap_interval = 13:45).

The sap_start_time parameter specifies the start time for a device audit.


is

presented in military standard time or GMT (such as sap_end_time = 13:45).

The sccp_bssap_mgt parameter enables or disables ITU-TSS SCCP

Management.

When enabled, the BSS detects Signalling Point Inaccessible and loss of

BSSAP

subsystem. The BSS also handles the following messages: User Part

Unavailable

(UPU), Subsystem prohibited (SSP), Subsystem Allowed (SSA), and

Subsystem Test

(SST). (Use with Ericsson MSC)

When disabled, the BSS always responds to an SST with an SSA message.

This flag

should be set only if the MSC does ITU-TSS SCCP Management.

All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned to site 0.

The sdcch_ho parameter enables or disables handovers on the SDCCH.

When enabled, handovers are not allowed until at least (sdcch_timer_ho * 2)

measurement report periods have elapsed.

To allow handovers on the SDCCH with a minimum delay, the sdcch_ho

parameter must

be enabled and the sdcch_timer_ho parameter set to its minimum value of 1.

The sdcch_need_high_water_mark parameter specifies the number of idle

SDCCHs to

trigger reconfiguration of traffic channels to SDCCHs.

If dynamic reconfiguration is enabled and the total number of idle SDCCHs is

less than

the value of the sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the CRM tries to reconfigure

TCHs in

order to make more SDCCHs. The total number of SDCCHs can not exceed

the value of

the max_number_of_sdcchs parameter.

The sdcch_need_low_water_mark parameter specifies the number of idle

SDCCHs to

trigger reconfiguration of SDCCHs (from previous TCH to SDCCH

reconfigurations) back

to TCHs.

When dynamic channel reconfiguration is enabled, and when the number of

idle

SDCCHs available at a point in time goes above this value, reconfiguration of

SDCCHs

to TCHs is triggered as long as the total number of SDCCHs after

reconfiguration would

stay above the number_sdcchs_preferred value.

The sdcch_tch_band_reassign_delay parameter specifies the number of

measurement report periods that the RSS waits before responding to CRM if

the MS

does not report any preferred band neighbour.

This parameter applies to multiband MSs only.

Use of this parameter may cause a delay in call setup of up to two seconds.

The sdcch_timer_ho parameter specifies the wait time (measured in SACCH

multiframes) before a handover on the SDCCH may occur.

The second_asgnmnt parameter enables or disables the Second Assignment

procedure. With this parameter enabled, the RRSM initiates a second

assignment

procedure if it receives an assignment failure from the MS for the first

assignment. In

situations where first TCH assignment fails and the MS successfully recovers

to the

SDCCH, this parameter enables a second TCH assignment attempt.

The secondary_freq_type parameter specifies the frequency type of the inner

zone

band of a Dual Band cell.

The slip_loss_daily parameter specifies the threshold for the frame slip daily

alarm

count. An alarm generates if the count of frame slips meets or exceeds this

threshold in

a 24 hour period.

The slip_loss_hourly parameter specifies the threshold for the frame slip hourly

alarm

level count. An alarm generated if the count of frame slips exceeds this

threshold in a 60

minute period.

The slip_loss_oos parameter specifies the threshold for the frame slip out of

service

(OOS) alarm level count. The 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken out of service if the

number of

frame slips exceeds this threshold during a 24 hour period.

The slip_loss_restore parameter specifies the frame slip restorable time

period. If no

errors occur during this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought back into service.

The smg_gb_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being adopted by the

BSS over

the Gb interface.

The smg_um_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being adopted by the

BSS

over the UM interface.

The sms_dl_allowed parameter enables or disables downlink (MS terminated)

Short

Message Service (SMS).

The sms_tch_chan parameter specifies the logical radio channel for the Short

Message

Service (SMS) transfer in the event of a call being present on a traffic channel.

The

FACCH is tried first, and if this fails, the SACCH is used. If the current radio

channel is

an SDCCH, the SDCCH will be used.

The sms_ul_allowed parameter enables or disables uplink (MS originated)

Short


The ss7_mode parameter specifies the type of SS#7 for the BSC. This

parameter

permits the ITU or ANSI version to be selected.

The ITU C7 version is consistent with the GSM specifications. The ANSI

version is used

to support PCS1900 applications in the United States.

This parameter can only be changed when the user is in SYSGEN ON mode. It

can only

be changed for site 0. All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned

to site 0.

The ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter indicates the usage of call

information

blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to the maximum

number

of calls the SSM can handle (400). After this threshold has been met or

exceeded, no

MS originated calls are allowed. The remaining SSM resources are used to

accommodate handover of existing calls. Every time the usage meets or

exceeds this

threshold, two access classes are barred. This number has to be greater than

the

ssm_normal_overload_threshold parameter.

The ssm_normal_overload_threshold parameter indicates the usage of call

information blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to

the

maximum number of calls the SSM can handle. Every time the usage equals

or exceeds

this threshold, one access class will be barred.

The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the length of time between the bursts

of data.

The number of messages in each burst are specified by the ssp_burst_limit

parameter.

Statistical information is forwarded from the Site Statistics Process (SSP) to

the Central

Statistics Process (CSP) in bursts.


information blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to

the

maximum number of calls the SSM can handle. Every time the usage equals

or exceeds


The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the length of time between the bursts

of data.

The number of messages in each burst are specified by the ssp_burst_limit

parameter.

Statistical information is forwarded from the Site Statistics Process (SSP) to

the Central


The ssp_burst_limit parameter specifies the number of messages included in

each

burst. The length of time between bursts is specified by the ssp_burst_delay

parameter.

Statistical information is forwarded from the Site Statistical Process (SSP) to

the Central

Statistical Process (CSP) in bursts.

The stat_interval parameter sets the time, in minutes, that the statistics file is

reported

to the OMC-R.

If the operator fails to reset the interval to 30 minutes, the OMC-R calculations

of the Key

Statistics and Health Indicators are interrupted for the entire period until the

interval is

reset.

Although any value between 5 and 60 minutes is valid, the OMC-R only parses

uploaded

statistics files if this attribute is set to 30 or 60 minutes.

The surround_cell parameter specifies the averaging parameter for a serving

cell‟s neighbour cells. The system uses this parameter to determine which

neighbour cell to hand off to. The chg_act_alg_data surround_cell command is

used to modify the value of this parameter.

The swfm_enable parameter enables or disables Software Fault Management

(SWFM)

alarm messages to be reported to all local MMI terminals that have alarm

reporting

enabled.

This parameter affects the entire BSS.

The sync_loss_daily parameter specifies the threshold for the synchronization

loss daily

alarm level count. An alarm generates if the number of synchronization loss

alarms

meets or exceeds this threshold during a 24 hour period.

The sync_loss_hourly parameter specifies the threshold for the synchronization

loss

hourly alarm level count . An alarm generates if the number of sync loss alarms

meets or

exceeds this threshold during a 60 minute period.

The sync_loss_oos parameter specifies the threshold for the synchronization

loss, Out

Of Service (OOS) daily alarm level count. The 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken out of

service if

the number of sync loss alarms meets or exceeds this threshold during a 24

hour period.

The sync_loss_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss restorable

time

period for a sync_loss_oos_alarm. If a synchronization loss alarm does not

occur

within this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought back in service.

The sync_time_oos parameter specifies the synchronization loss time period. If

synchronization is lost for this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken Out Of

Service (OOS).

The sync_time_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss restorable

time

period. If synchronization returns for this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought

back in

service.

The t_avg_t parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C averaging in

the

Transfer state. (TAVG_W is the number of multiframes for C averaging in the

Wait state).

The t_avg_w parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C averaging in

the Wait

state. (TAVG_T is the number of multiframes for C averaging in the Transfer

state).

The tch_busy_critical_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for initiating

the

flow control procedure barring two of the access classes 0 to 9 from making

calls due to

TCH congestion. The two classes that are barred are selected randomly. The

flow

control procedure initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is equal to or

greater than

the value entered for this parameter.

This parameter is expressed as a percentage.

The tch_busy_norm_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for initiating

the flow

control procedure to bar a single access class 0 through 9 from making a call

due to TCH

congestion. The class that is barred is selected randomly. The flow control

procedure

initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is equal to or greater than the

value entered

for this parameter.


The tch_congest_prevent_thres parameter specifies the level of overall TCH

utilization

by any MS in a given Cell, at which the Congestion Relief procedure is initiated.


The tch_flow_control parameter enable or disables the TCH flow control

option.

The flow control procedure tries to reduce the load on the system when the

TCH usage

goes above thresholds determined by the tch_busy_norm_threshold and

tch_busy_critical_threshold parameters. The reduction in traffic is achieved by

barring

access classes and manipulating the tx_integer and max_retran parameters.

The tch_full_need_low_water_mark parameter specifies the low need water

mark used

by the Cell Resource Manager (CRM) to determine the need for

reconfiguration of full

rate traffic channels (TCHs) to SDCCHs.

This parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHs the system attempts to

maintain

when dynamic reconfiguration is enabled.

If the total number of idle SDCCHs falls below the value of the

sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the CRM tries to reconfigure TCHs in order to

make

more SDCCHs. For a TCH to be reconfigured, the number of TCHs must be

greater

than the value of the tch_full_need_low_water_mark parameter.

The temporary_offset parameter specifies a value used by the MS as part of its

calculation of C2 for the cell reselection process described in TSGSM 5.08. It is

used to

apply a negative offset to C2 for the duration of the penalty_timer parameter.

C2 is the reselection priority assigned to a cell which can be broadcast on the

BCCH of

each cell. When more than one cell is available for reselection, the MS

reselects the cell

with the highest C2 value.

The threshold parameter specifies the number of times that the Cell Resource

Manager

(CRM) attempts to assign a Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP)

number before

rejecting the request.

The timing_advance_period parameter specifies the interval between timing

advance

changes.

The interval should be greater than or equal to (n8 – p8 + 1) x hreqavex/2.

Where:

x equals:





n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny where y is a value from 1 to

4.

p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py where y is a value from 1 to

4.

hreqave is the number of measurements from the MS that are used in

calculating

one average.

The trace_msgs_after_ho parameter specifies the number of messages that

the system

collects immediately after a handover occurs.

The trace_msgs_before_ho parameter specifies the number of messages that

the

system collects immediately before a handover occurs.

The trunk_critical_threshold parameter specifies the severity assignment of

certain

alarms. The value of this parameter is a percentage of total trunk capacity.

A critical alarm is assigned when the percentage of trunk capacity loss

exceeds the

trunk_critical_threshold parameter value. A major alarm is assigned when the

percentage of trunk capacity loss is greater than or equal to the


parameter value but is less than the trunk_critical_threshold parameter value.

A trunk_critical_threshold value of 0 insures that Critical is always the severity

assignment if there is any capacity loss.

The trunk_major_threshold parameter specifies the severity assignment of

certain

alarms. The value of this parameter is a percentage of total trunk capacity.

A major alarm is assigned when the percentage of trunk capacity loss exceeds

the

trunk_major_threshold parameter value but is less than the


parameter value.

A minor alarm is assigned when the percentage of trunk capacity loss is less

than the

trunk_major_threshold parameter value.

The ts_alloc_flag parameter alters the E1/T1 timeslot allocation on links that

are

adjacent to a ts_switch (pseudo site).

This parameter is only used when RSL or RTF devices are equipped.

Changing this parameter does not alter the timeslot mapping of RSLs and

RTFs that are

already equipped; it affects the way timeslots are allocated for subsequently

equipped

devices.

The tsc_update_method parameter specifies the method for updating timeslots

when

the BSIC is changed. The available methods are:

Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots.

Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier.

Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell.

The tx_integer parameter specifies the number of Random Access Channel

(RACH)

slots between the access retry transmission on the RACH.

Timer T3126 is used when an MS sends a Channel Request message.

From 3 to 50 RACH slots are used to spread the transmission.

The tx_power_cap parameter specifies all cells within a site to be either low

transmitting power capable or high transmitting power capable. This parameter

is valid only at DCS1800 or PCS1900 sites. This parameter is not valid for

micro sites. This parameter can be set when the primary outer zone frequency

type f the cell is PGSM, EGSM, DCS1800, or PCS1900 provided that the cell is

a Dual Band Cell. If the cell is not, the frequency must be DCS1800 or

PCS1900 to change

tx_power_cap.

The u_rxlev_dl_ih parameter specifies the intracell control thresholds for the

Receive (Rx) level downlink. This parameter is evaluated in conjunction with

the l_rxqual_dl_h to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being

requested.

The u_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the signal strength for the upper

downlink limit of the serving cell. BTS transmit power may be reduced if the MS

signal strength is greater than this value.

The u_rxlev_ul_ih parameter specifies the intra-cell control thresholds for the

upper Receive (Rx) level uplink. This parameter is evaluated in conjunction

with the l_rxqual_ul_h to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being

requested.

This parameter specifies the signal strength for the upper uplink limit of the

serving cell.

Mobile transmit power may be reduced if the MS transmit signal strength is

greater than

this value.

The u_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the power control threshold for the best

allowed

downlink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range and default values for this

parameter

are dependent on the type of unit that is selected.


Quality


parameter.

An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than what is specified by the

u_rxqual_ul_p

parameter may result the reduction of downlink power.

The u_rxqual_ul_p parameter sets the power control threshold for the best

allowed uplink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range and default values for

this parameter are dependent on the type of unit that is selected. Receive

quality processing is measured using Bit Error Rate (BER) values or Quality


parameter. An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than what is specified by

the u_rxqual_ul_p parameter may result the reduction of MS power.

The ul_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies the uplink volume control offset

on a per BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps with a maximum increase or

decrease of 30 dB (between –15 dB and 15 dB).

Changes take effect immediately (including active calls). The audio level

parameters affect background and comfort noise. The audio level parameters

do not affect data.

The ul_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables handovers due to

uplink receive level (rxlev).

This parameter enables or disables handovers due to the uplink receive quality

(rxqual).

The unequipped_circuit_allowed parameter specifies the system response

when a terrestrial circuit becomes unequipped. The options are: Sending an

alarm to the OMC-R. Sending an “unequipped circuit” message to the MSC.

Sending both an alarm to the OMC-R and an “unequipped circuit” message to

the

MSC.

The use_derived_ho_power parameter specifies how the system manages the

derived handover power level for internal intercell handovers. When disabled,

these handovers use the power level in the database. When enabled, these

handovers use a power level derived from the rxlev reported by the MS for the

target cell.

The use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave parameter indicates whether the per cell or

per neighbour hreqave will be used for the pbgt>ho_margin trigger assignment.

The volume_control_type parameter enables or disables uplink and downlink

Volume Control. The volume can be changed at either an RXCDR or at a BSC.

The effect depends on the equipment configuration (GDPs or DRIs equipped),

and the value of volume_control_type to use DRIs (0) or GDP volume control

(1).

The wait_for_reselection parameter specifies the length of time before

choosing an MMS for clock extraction after a GCLK has had a CLKX reference

failure alarm. If the MMS providing clock extraction is INS after the time period

has expired, it is left as the clock extraction source.

The wait_indication_parameters parameter specifies the MS timer (T3122). For

an MS origination with no channel available, the MS is sent an IMMEDIATE

ASSIGNMENT REJECT message in an unacknowledged mode on the CCCH.

The message contains the request reference and a wait indication. The MS

does not make a new request in the same cell until the timer expires.

The worse_neighbor_ho parameter specifies whether or not a call can be

handed over to a neighbor cell due to the downlink receive level even when the

neighbor cell receive level is lower than the serving cell receive level.

The zone_ho_hyst parameter specifies the margin for the inner zone handover

hysteresis. The system uses this value to determine whether an outer-zone to

inner-zone handover should take place. A handover initiates when both the

uplink and the downlink receive level averages are greater than the sum of the

respective uplink or downlink threshold defined for the inner zone plus the per

cell hysteresis for interzone handover plus the difference between the current

uplink/downlink transmit power and the maximum uplink/downlink transmit

power of the inner zone carrier: RXLEV_DL > RXLEV_DL_ZONE +

ZONE_HO_HYST + (BS_TXPWR – BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) or

(RXLEV_UL > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST + (MS_TXPWR –

MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)).

Valid range

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 255

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 or 1

1 (PGSM),

2 (EGSM),

4 (DCS1800),

8 (PCS1900)

0 to 6

3 to 6

3 to 6

0 to 127

0 to 2 blocks reserved for ccch_conf = 1

0 to 7 blocks reserved for ccch_conf 1

0 to 7

1 or 2

0 to 63

0 or 1

1 to 3

0 to 2

1 to 3

1 to 3

0 or 1

1 to 3

0 to 31

0 to 31

0 or 1

0 to 21 (0 to 6 for Horizonoffice sites)

0 or 1

2 to 65535

0 to 100, and 255

0 or 1

0 or 1

120 to 65535

0 to 30

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 255

0 or 1

0 to 255

0, 1, 2, 4, and 6

1 to 1020

0 to ffffh

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 7

0 to 63

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 253

1 to 127

2 to 255

0 Disabled

1 to 255 CIC error increment value

yes or no

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1 to 255

The GSM Cell ID number

0 to 2

0 Disabled at the cell

1 Use coincident better cell detection

2 Use coincident cell redirection and better cell detection

–63 to 63

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 The source cell treats all target cells equally as candidates

for imperative handovers.

1 The source cell immediately retries target cells which were

in the process of congestion relief.

0 The system takes no action if the Cell rejects a

handover request.

1 The system invokes Congestion Relief

procedures if this Cell rejects a handover

request.

–63 to 63

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

20 to 100

0 to 80

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 31

0 to 63

0 or 1

–15 to +15

0 to 3

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 16383 If ss7_mode = 0 (CCITT)

0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode =1 (Bellcore)

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 2

-63 to 63

0 to 2

0 to 10

0 to 32

0 to 3

Up to 24 alphanumeric characters (including spaces)

0 to 33

0 or 1

0 to 4

0 Investigate

1 Critical

2 Major

3 Minor

4 Warning

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 5

0 Forced handovers are not allowed.

1 Forced handovers to interference band 1

extended resource are allowed.

2 Forced handovers to interference bands 1 to 2








0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 63

0 to 2

0 Extended Range disabled for the cell

1 Extended Range is enabled as a boundary cell

2 Extended Range is enabled as an isolated cell (rural area)

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1 pgsm

2 egsm

4 dcs1800

8 pcs1900

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 255

16 or 32

16 16 TDM timeslots

32 32 TDM timeslots (only valid with GPROC2 boards).

0 to 15

0 to 2

0 No power mode

1 Mode A

2 Mode B

0 to 3

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Fixed mode

1 Dynamic mode

0 to 7

0 to 7

0 to 7

0 to 31

1 to 3

1 Mode 1

2 Mode 2

3 Mode 3

0 to 16

0 to 10

0 or 1

0 to 5

0 to 65535

0 or 1

0 to 2

2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM

0 to 15 for DCS1800 and PCS1900


0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 3598

0 to 65534

6 to 44

8 to 44

0 to 3598

6 to 44

6 to 44

0 to 2

63 to +63

63 to +63

0 or 1

0 or 1

2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM



0 to 255

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 or 1

0 to 63

ARFCN depends on the frequency type for the

cell.

0 to 65535

0 to 2

0 to 3

1 to 31

0 to 3

1 to 11

0 to 63

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 to 3

0 to 63

0 to 63

0 to 63

0 to 63

0 to 1810 BER If alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If alt_qual_proc = 1

















0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0








0 or 1

0 to 2

0 to 15

0 to 15

0 or 1

0 to 63

1 to 255

0 or 1

1600 to 20000

1 to 900

0 to 48

0 to 50

0 to 50

0 to 3

0 to 100

0 to 21

5 to 39 PGSM and EGSM (Odd values only)

0 to 36 DCS1800 (Even values only)

0 to 32,33 PCS1900 (Even values only and value 33)

0 or 1

1 to 101

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 63

0 to 219

0 to 31

0 to 31

0 or 1

0 to 3

(2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM cells)

(2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM cells)

(0 to 15, 30, 31 for PCS1900 cells)

5 to 39 (Odd values only) PGSM and EGSM

0 to 36 (Even values only) DCS1800

0 to 32, 33 (Even values only and value 33) PCS1900




PGSM/EGSM: 5 to 39 (odd values only)

DCS1800: 0 to 36 (even values only)

PCS1900 0 to 32 (even values only);

and 33

0 to 7

0 to 255 (representing bit patterns 00000000 to 11111111)

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 3

1 to 15

0 to 255

0 or 1

0 to 3

1 to 10

1 to 3

1 to 3

0 to 65535

0 to 5

off

on

off

on

off

on

off

on

1 to 10

1 to 10

1 to 16

4 to 44

8 to 48

0 to 16383

0 to 16777215

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 100

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 or 1

0 or 1

32 to 127

950 to 3750

0 to 2

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 or 1

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14

2, 4

2, 4

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 50

0 to 7

0 to 255

1 to 1020

0 to 1000

0 or 1

0 to 15

0 or 1

0 to 253

1 to 127

2 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 or 1

1 to 31

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 254

1 to 255

1 to 127

0 to 63

1 to 32

0 to 63

0 to 2

0 or 1

0 to 63

1 to 31

1 to 31

0 to 63

0 to 63

1 to 31

0 to 255

1 to 31

0 to 255

0 to 63

1 to 31

0 to 255

1 to 31

0 to 255

1 to 31

0 to 255

1 to 31

0 to 255

0 to 2, 255

N/A

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to 59

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to 59

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to 59

0 or 1

0 or 1

1 to 39

10 to 48

0 to 4

1 to 31

0 or 1

1,2,4,8

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

24 to 31

29 to 31

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 100

0 to 100

0 to 2500

0 to 100

0 to 2500

1 to 65535

5 to 60

0 to 255

0 or 1

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 65535

0 to 25

0 to 25

81 to 100

0 to 100

1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates there are no resources

left

to allocate).

0 or 1

0 to 255

0 to 7

0 to 255

0 to 31

0 to 8

0 to 8

0 to 100

0 to 99

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 to 15

0 or 1

0 to 63

0 to 63

0 to 63

0 to 63





(-15 to 15)

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 2

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 or 1

0 to 86400

0 to 255

0 or 1

0 to 30

or

-60 to 63

Value description

0 Do not use hopping specific thresholds.

1 Use hopping specific thresholds.

0 Disables adaptive power budget handovers at

the location.

1 Enables adaptive power budget handovers at the

location using per cell cumulative area.


location using per neighbor cumulative area.

0 Disables adaptive receive level handovers at the

location.

1 Enables adaptive receive level handovers at the

location.

0 Disables adaptive quality handovers at the

location.

1 Enables adaptive quality handovers at the

location.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 BER Units

1 Quality band units

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Automatic RF loss tracing disabled for

this cell

1 Automatic RF loss tracing enabled for

this cell; send measurement reports to

MMI and OMC



OMC-R only

0 Reinitialization disabled

1 Reinitialization enabled

1 (PGSM),

2 (EGSM),

4 (DCS1800),

8 (PCS1900)

0 The BSS attempts to hand a Multiband MS over to the

strongest neighbour that the MS reported when a handover

is required for normal radio resource reasons.

1 The BSS attempts to assign a Multiband MS to the

strongest preferred band neighbour that the MS reported at

the time of SDCCH to TCH assignment.

If the BSS cannot assign a preferred band TCH the BSS

will not try to direct this MS to the preferred band for the life

of the current call connection. The BSS always hands the

MS over to the strongest MS-reported neighbour when a

handover is required for normal radio resource reasons.


strongest preferred band neighbour that the MS reported

when a handover is required for normal radio resource

reasons.

The BSS places preferred band neighbours ahead of

Represents the exponent of threshold BER. For example, 3

would be the exponent value of 103, indicating 1 bit error in

1000 bits.

The range of values depends on the value of the ccch_conf

parameter:



Represents the multiframes period for the transmission of

PAGING REQUEST messages to the same paging group.

Value bs_pa_mfrms

0 2 multiframes

1 3 multiframes

2 4 multiframes

3 5 multiframes

4 6 multiframes

5 7 multiframes

6 8 multiframes

7 9 multiframes

1 Non Abis, only BSP and LCF

2 Non Abis, BSP, LCF and OMF

Hex = 00h to 3Fh

Decimal = 0 to 63

See the tables “Base Station Identity Code Hexadecimal

Values” and “Base Station Identity Code Decimal Values”

tables.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 No flow control

1 XON/XOFF

2 Leaky bucket algorithm

0 First In/First Out packet scheduling

1 Earliest Deadline packet scheduling

0

1

2

.

.

.

31

0 SACCH multiframes

2 SACCH multiframes

4 SACCH multiframes

.

.

.

62 SACCH multiframes

0

1

2

.

.

.

31

0 SACCH multiframes

2 SACCH multiframes

4 SACCH multiframes

.

.

.


0 BTS power control disabled

1 BTS power control enabled

0 to 21 (0 to 6 for Horizonoffice sites)

0 BTP

1 BTP and DHP

0 to 100 The percentage of traces reserved for

MSC initiated traces on a per LCF basis.

255 MSC invoked call traces disabled.

0 Point code is not included

1 Point code is included

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 30

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Standard interface

1 Interface with the repetition rate interpretation

and CBCH loading fields

0 to 255

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 255

0, 1, 2, 4, and 6

1 to 1020

0 to ffffh

0 Cell is not barred

1 Cell is barred

0 Normal priority cell

1 Low priority cell

Represents the signal level differences as shown below:

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

3 6 dB

4 8 dB

5 10 dB

6 12 dB

7 14 Db

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

.

.

.

63 126 dB

0 Do not broadcast cell reselection parameters on

the BCCH of the cell

1 Broadcast cell reselection parameters on the

BCCH of the cell

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 253

1 to 127

2 to 255

0 Disabled

1 to 255 CIC error increment value

yes or no

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1 to 255

The GSM Cell ID number

0 to 2




–63 to 63

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 The source cell treats all target cells equally as candidates


1 The source cell immediately retries target cells which were


0 or 1

0 The system takes no action if the Cell rejects a

handover request.



request.

–63 to 63

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

20 to 100

0 to 80

0 MSC traces are allowed while flow is restricted.

1 MSC traces are not allowed while flow is

restricted.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

1 to 31

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 to 3

0 Power control algorithm number 1

1 Power control algorithm number 2 (enables the

use of p_con_ack timers)

0 to 63

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

–15 to +15

0 DTX enabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data

1 DTX disabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data

2 DTX disabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data

3 DTX enabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Enabled

1 Disabled


0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode =1 (Bellcore)

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Ignore the need of a handover until the assignment procedure

is complete.

1 Act on the need for a handover during the assignment

procedure.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Permitted (MS may use DTX)

1 Required (MS must use DTX)

2 Disallowed (MS must not use DTX)

-63 to 63

0 Disabled

1 Enabled (excludes power reduction)

2 Enabled (includes power reduction)

0 to 10

0 to 32

0 Disabled across both the A-interface and the

Air-interface

1 Enabled on A-interface, disabled on Air-interface

2 Disabled on A-interface, enabled on Air-interface

3 Enabled across both the A-interface and the

Air-interface

Up to 24 alphanumeric characters (including spaces)

0 to 33

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 4

0 Investigate

1 Critical

2 Major

3 Minor

4 Warning

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 5












0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 63

0 to 2



2 Extended Range is enabled as an isolated cell

(rural area)

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1 pgsm

2 egsm

4 dcs1800

8 pcs1900

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 255

16 or 32

16 16 TDM timeslots

32 32 TDM timeslots (only valid with GPROC2 boards).

0 to 15

0 to 2

0 No power mode

1 Mode A

2 Mode B

0 to 3

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Fixed mode

1 Dynamic mode

0 to 7

0 to 7

0 to 7

0 to 31

1 to 3

1 Mode 1

2 Mode 2

3 Mode 3

0 Disabled – BSS sends only ‘single circuit

block/unblock’ messages to the MSC.

1 Enabled – BSS sends only ‘group block/unblock’

messages to the MSC.

0 Whole Cell Global Identification (CGI)

1 Location Area Code (LAC), and Cell Identity (CI)

2 Cell Identity (CI)

0 Not included

1 Included

0 Disabled (reject message not required)

1 Enabled (reject message required)

0 Disabled (no speech version)

1 Enabled (build in speech version)

Represents 3 dB to 22 dB, as shown below:

6 = 3 dB

7 = 3.5 dB

8 = 4 dB

.

.

.

44 = 22 dB


8 = 4 dB

9 = 4.5 dB

10 = 5 dB

.

.

.

44 = 22 dB

This parameter may only be changed if the HDSL

option is unrestricted.

This parameter may only be changed at an

M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact site.

Changing this parameter affects all master modems

equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local

M-Cellcity or Horizonmicro site.

All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical to the

master modem alarm thresholds.


6 = 3 dB

7 = 3.5 dB

8 = 4 dB

.

.

.

44 = 22 dB


6 3 dB

7 3.5 dB

8 4 dB

.

.

.

44 22 dB

0 No handover attempts (for this condition)

1 Attempt to handover as many calls as the

number of queued assignment requests

2 Attempt to handover as many calls as meet the

congestion handover criteria

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

(0 disables intracell interference handovers)

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 No hopping in this cell

1 Synthesizer hopping

2 Baseband hopping

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Cyclic hopping. The MA is hopped through

lowest to highest magnitudes, and then the cycle

repeats.

1 to 63 Random hopping. HSN and MA are entries to

the algorithm table 6 of GSM

S If the cell is PGSM, the range is 1 through

124.

S If the cell is EGSM, the range is either:

– 1 through 124

– 975 through 1023 , 0.

S If the cell is DCS1800, the range is 512

through 885.

0 Disabled

1 Allocate TSC for any reason

2 Do not allocate TCH for location update

0 = disable inner zone

1 = power based use algorithm

The system displays prompts for:

S ms_txpwr_max_inner

Valid range:

– PGSM and EGSM:

5 to 39 dBm (odd values only; value must be less than

or equal to max_tx_ms)

Default value: max_tx ms

– DCS1800 and PCS1900:

0 to 30 dBm (even values only; value must be less than



S zone_ho_hyst,

Valid range: 0 to 30

Default value:0

S rxlev_dl_zone


Default value: 63

S rxlev_ul_zone


Default value: 63

2 = interference based use algorithm

The system prompts for:

S neighbor_report_timer

Valid range: 0 to 255 SACCH periods

Default value: 10

3 = The Dual Band Cell Use Algorithm is used. The prompts shown

in Table 5-3 are generated and displayed.

1 2 SACCH multiframes


.

.

.


0 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is not enabled. The

Handover Required message is sent to the MSC.

1 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is enabled.

2 Outgoing internal intercell handover is disabled.

The Handover Required message is not sent to

the MSC.

3 Outgoing Inter-cell and external handovers are

disabled and the Handover Required message is

not sent to the MSC.

1 = PGSM

2 = EGSM

3 = PGSM and EGSM

4 = DCS1800

5 = PGSM and DCS1800

6 = EGSM and DCS1800

7 = PGSM, EGSM, and DCS1800

8 = PCS1900

9 = PGSM and PCS1900

10 = EGSM and PCS1900

11 = PGSM, EGSM, and PCS1900

Represents –110 dBm to –47 dBm, as shown below:

0 –110 dBm

1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.

63 –47 dBm

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Intracell handovers are performed by the BSS.

These calls are included as target cells in a

Handover Required message to the MSC.

1 The BSS performs Intracell handovers. The

MSC is notified with a Handover Performed

message.

2 Intracell handovers are disabled and the

Handover Required message is not sent to the

MSC.


0 –110 dBm and lower

1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.

63 –47 dBm and higher



1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.




1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.




1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.


0 to 1810 BER (1 step = 0.01% bit error rate) If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand units If alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0



alt_qual_proc = 0


0 2.048 Mbit/s – CEPT format (E1)

1 1.544 Mbit/s – T1 link

0 Macrocell

1 Microcell

2 Picocell

Represents the number of SACCH frames as shown below:

0 0 SACCH frames

1 4 SACCH frames

2 8 SACCH frames

.

.

.

15 60 SACCH frames

Represents the number of SACCH multiframes as shown

below:

0 4 SACCH frames

1 8 SACCH frames

2 12 SACCH frames

.

.

.

15 64 SACCH frames

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

Valid values depend on the value of ccch_conf.

If ccch_conf = 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with an

offset of 4 (such as 0, 4, 12,...,44).

If ccch_conf 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with

an offset of 0 (such as 0, 8, 16,...48).

0 Maximum [1] retransmission

1 Maximum [2] retransmissions



The value 0 means the system keeps sending the “Reset

Circuit” message indefinitely.




0 Disabled

1 Enabled

(The value 101 indicates there are no resources left

to allocate).

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 7-parameter format


0 Disabled

1 Enabled

If land_layer1_mode = 0 (2.048 Mbit/s E1 link) then:

0 CRC–4

1 No CRC–4

If land_layer1_mode = 1 (1.544 Mbit/s T1 link) then:

0 ESF

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 to 63 for normal cells

0 to 219 for Extended Range cells




.

.

.





.

.

.


0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

3 6 dB

(2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM cells) (2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM

cells) (0 to 15, 30, 31 for PCS1900 cells)










and 33

0 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS, but not across

the A-interface.

1 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS. The only

A-interface impact is the Assignment Complete message,

which contains the optional Cell ID if the Cell ID changes

during the assignment.

2 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with the

cause “directed retry” to the MSC.

3 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with the

cause of the handover to the MSC (for example, Better

Cell).

4 The BSS sends an Assignment Failure message with the

cause “directed retry” and then sends a Handover

Required message with cause “directed retry” to the MSC.



Required message with the cause of the handover to the

MSC (for example, Better Cell).

6 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with

cause “directed retry” and then sends an Assignment

Failure message with cause “directed retry” to the MSC.

7 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with the

cause of the handover (for example, Better Cell) and then

sends an Assignment Failure message with cause

“directed retry” to the MSC.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 16 virtual circuits (regular granularity)

1 64 virtual circuits (enhanced granularity)

0 Normal reporting of the six strongest neighbour cells with

known and allowed NCC part of the BSIC, irrespective of the

band used.

1 Report the strongest neighbour cell, with known and allowed

NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the

neighbour cell list, excluding the frequency band of the serving

cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall

be used for reporting Cells in the band of the serving Cell. Any

still remaining positions will be used to report the next

strongest identified neighbours in other bands irrespective of

the band used.

2 Report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC

part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the neighbour

cell list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The

remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used

for reporting Cells in the band of the serving Cell. Any still

remaining positions will be used to report the next strongest

identified neighbours in other bands irrespective of the band

used.

3 Report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC







used.

The following table is a representation of the bit mapping of the ncc_of_plmn_allowed

parameter. When a bit is set to 1, the corresponding NCC will be allowed. When a bit is

set to 0, the corresponding NCC will not be allowed.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 International Network

1 Spare (for international use only)

2 National Network

3 Reserved for national use

off Disabled

on Enabled

off Disabled

on Enabled

off Disabled

on Enabled

off Disabled

on Enabled

4 to 44 If ccch_conf = 1, the values must be in multiples

of 8 with an offset of 4 (such as 4, 12, 20, ..., 44)



0 to 16383 If ss7_mode = 0 (ITU-TSS)

0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Send pre-transfer request to SM

1 Do not send pre-transfer request to SM

0 No override (First supported speech version as

supplied by the MSC)

1 Full Rate (GSM speech full rate version 1)

2 Enhanced Full Rate (GSM speech full rate

version 2)

1 MS uses servicing channel measurements to

calculte power budget.

0 MS uses reported servicing cell BCCH signal

strength to calculate power budget.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Formatted for Phase 1


2 Formatted for Phase 2 with Multiband

0 GSM Phase 1 format


0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 No replacement

1 Replacement based on function priority

2 Replacement based on function and intrafunction

priorities

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 No impact on sorting

1 Impact on sorting

0 Last timeslot is not protected

1 Last timeslot is protected

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Include BCCH measurement

1 Do not include BCCH measurement

0 Percentage of RACH opportunities used

1 Percentage of total RACHs which are incorrect

(collisions)

Represents the number of SACCH frames as shown below:

0 4 SACCH frames

1 8 SACCH frames

2 12 SACCH frames

.

.

.

15 64 SACCH frames

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 = disable this feature

1 to 255 = rci_error_increment value

0 0 seconds 0 milliseconds

1 0.1 seconds 100 milliseconds


.

6000 600 600000 milliseconds

.





.


.





.


.


0 Enabled

1 Disabled




.


.





.


.





.


.


Each step represents an increase of 1dBm, from –110 dBm to

–47 dBm, as shown in the table below:


1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.


0 Disabled

1 Enabled

Represents dBm as shown below:


1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.


Each step represents 1 dBm as shown below:


1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.




1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.


Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to 59

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to 59

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to 59

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled




.

.

.


0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1 PGSM

2 EGSM

4 DCS1800

8 PCS 1900


1 0.1 second 100 milliseconds

.


.


0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 BSS_ALGORITHM

1 FACCH always used

2 SACCH always used

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 ITU version

1 ANSI version

0 Disabled

1 Enabled



.


.




.


.




.


.


1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates there are no resources left

to allocate).

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

Mapped to SACCH multiframes




.

.

.


0 Use existing algorithm

1 Use new algorithm

0 Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots

1 Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier

2 Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell

Represents RACH slots as shown below:

0 3 RACH 8 11 RACH

1 4 RACH 9 12 RACH

2 5 RACH 10 14 RACH

3 6 RACH 11 16 RACH

4 7 RACH 12 20 RACH

5 8 RACH 13 25 RACH

6 9 RACH 14 32 RACH

7 10 RACH 15 50 RACH

0 Low power

1 High power


0 –110 dBm

1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.

63 –47 dBm


0 –110 dBm

1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.

63 –47 dBm


0 –110 dBm

1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.

63 –47 dBm


0 –110 dBm

1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.

63 –47 dBm

0 to 1810 BER

(1 step = 0.01% bit

error rate)

If alt_qual_proc = 0


0 to 1810 BER

(1 step = 0.01% bit

error rate)



0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Send alarm to the OMC-R

1 Send unequipped circuit message to the MSC

2 Send alarm to the OMC-R and send unequipped

circuit message to the MSC

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 CCDSP Volume Control

1 GDP Volume Control

0 Handover disabled

1 Handover enabled

0 to 30 (Not Dual Band Cell))

–60 to 63 (Dual Band Cell)

Default value DependenciesSupported by

OMC-R GUI

0 none NO

0 none YES

0 none NO

0 none NO

0 none NO

0 none NO

0 none NO

0 none NO

0 none NO

0 none NO

0 none NO

40 (the value of 40

corresponds to a

hreqave of 8 and a

handover margin of

5)

This parameter is invalid when ba_type is ba_bcch. NO

0

The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.

The dynamic allocation of terrestrial resources

feature must be disabled for GPRS sites.

This parameter prevents GPRS usage on RTFs that

are subequipped in the database.

max_gprs_pdch must be enabled can not be set to

zero without first disabling allow_32k_trau.

Verifications must be performed to ensure that there

are enough terrestrial resources available when

max_gprs_pdch is increased and allow_32k_trau.

is enabled.

NO

0

The value that is entered for the alt_qual_proc

parameter determines the type of values, the range

of values, and the default values for the dependent

parameters.

YES

0 none YES

0 NONE NO

0 NONE YES

The frequency type

of the cell (as set by

frequency_type).

The Multiband Inter-cell handover feature must be

enabled.

This parameter has no meaning if

band_preference_mode = 0 for this cell.

YES

0This parameter is unavailable if the Multiband

Inter-cell handover feature is disabled.YES

6 NONE NO

4 NONE NO

0

After a RXQUAL handover, the system applies the

bounce_protect_margin value for the number of

SACCH periods set by the

bounce_protect_qual_tmr timer.

After a congestion handover, the system applies the

bounce_protect_margin value for the number of

SACCH periods set by the

bounce_protect_cong_tmr timer.

YES

0 ccch_conf YES

0

The value chosen for this field will be dependant

upon the size of the location area and the ratio of

mobile originated to mobile terminated calls.

YES

1

The value of this parameter may be specified for the

BSC (site 0) only while in the initial SYSGEN mode.

This command is only available for the BSC

(location=0).

NO

NONE NONE YES

0 This parameter is valid only at a BSC. NO

3This parameter can be used only if the GPRS feature

is unrestricted.NO

2

Dependencies The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.

If the local_maintenance parameter is disabled, the

MMI is prevented from changing this element.

NO

3 The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. NO


1




NO


1 (equals 2 SACCH

multiframes)decision_alg_num = 1 YES

2 (equals 4 SACCH

multiframes)

This parameter will not work if the specified location

is the BSC (location = 0).

hreqave

bts_p_con_ack

decision_1_n1 through decision_1_n4

decision_1_p1 through decision_1_p4

YES

0 NONE YES

0This parameter may be modified only when the Dual

Band Cells feature is unrestricted.YES

NONE

This parameter may not be changed to 0 if DHPs

exist at the site, or if max_dris is set to 0.

This parameter may not be changed at Horizonoffice

sites. It is automatically set to 1 when a

Horizonoffice cabinet is equipped.

This parameter must be set to 0 for M-Cell2, M-Cell6,

M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena, M-Cellarenamacro and

Horizonmacro cabinets.

NO

NONE

This parameter can be used only if the GPRS feature

is unrestricted.

A BVCI cannot be modified if gprs_enabled is set for

the cell.

YES

0 NONE NO

NONE NONE NO

NONE NONE NO

NONEThis parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS

sites.NO

30This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS

sites.NO

1 This parameter is valid only for the BSC. YES

0 This parameter is only valid for the BSC. YES

0 This parameter is only valid for the BSC. YES

NONE

Enabling of CBCH is not permitted if no AGCH is

reserved in a non-combined cell (bs-ag-blks-res = 0

and ccch-conf other than 1).

YES

0 This parameter is only valid for a BTS site. YES

If ccch_conf = 0, 2, 4, or 6, values for the following

parameters must meet specific criteria:

– number_sdcchs_preferred must be in

multiples of 8 with no offset (divisible by

8) (that is, 0, 8, 16,...,48)

– number_sdcchs_preferred must be

less than or equal to

sdcch_need_low_water_mark.

– The minimum number of sdcchs must

be divisible by 8.

– max_number_of_sdcchs must be

divisible by 8.

– 0 bs_ag_blks_res 7

If ccch_conf = 1, values for the following parameters

must meet specific criteria:


multiples of 8, with an offset of 4 (that is,

0,4,12,...,44 )


be a multiple of 8 (+4).

– max_number_of_sdcchs must be a

multiple of 8 (+4).


Enabling of CBCH is not permitted (cbch-enabled =

1) if no AGCH is reserved in a non-combined cell

(bs-ag-blks-res = 0 and ccch-conf is other than 1).

This parameter can be used with the GPRS feature

unrestricted as follows:

– Set to 0, seven PDCHs are supported

for a BCCH carrier.


for a BCCH carrier.

– Set to 2, six PDCHs are supported for a

BCCH carrier.

– Set to 4, five PDCHs are supported for a

BCCH carrier.

– Set to 6, four PDCHs are supported for

a BCCH carrier.

The GPRS timeslots on the GPRS carrier must have

YES

40This parameter must be greater than or equal to the

rach_load_period.YES

0 cell_bar_access_switch YES

0 NONE YES

0

This parameter cannot be changed if the

cell_reselect_param_ind parameter does not equal

1.

YES

NONE C1 (path loss criterion) YES

0This parameter may not be changed if the

cell_reselect_parm_ind parameter is not equal to 1.YES

0 NONE YES

0 NONE YES

0

cic_error_clr_threshold must be less than

cic_error_rate_monitor.

cic_error_gen threshold minus the

cic_error_clr_threshold, divided by

cic_error_decrement must be greater than or equal

to two.

YES

1

cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger than

cic_error_clr_threshold.

cic_error_gen threshold minus



to two.

YES

6

cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger than





to two.

YES

1 NONE YES

NONEThis parameter may not be changed if the dynamic

allocation mode is enabled.YES

0This parameter only applies to the BSC (location =

0).NO

24 NONE NO

NONE

This parameter may only be changed if the

Coincident MultiBand Handover option is

unrestricted.

If coincident_mb is set to 1 or 2, both cells must be

SACCH neighbours of each other.

If coincident_mb is set to 2, both cells must be at

the same site, the cells must be neighbours of each

other, and the bsic settings must be the same.

A cell cannot be coincident to itself.

NO

NONE

This parameter may only be changed if the

Coincident MultiBand Handover option is enabled.

If coincident_mb is set to 1 or 2, both cells must be

SACCH neighbours of each other.

If coincident_mb is set to 2, both cells must be at

the same site, the cells must be neighbours of each

other, and the bsic settings must be the same.

If a coincident cell has not been selected, the value of

coincident_mb must equal 0.

A cell cannot be coincident to itself.

This parameter must be disabled when

inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells.

NO

0This parameter may only be changed if the

Coincident MultiBand Handover option is enabled.NO

0

This parameter does not apply to RXCDR sites.

This parameter only applies to the BSC (location =

0).

NO

0The parameter can be set only if the Congestion

Relief feature is unrestricted.YES

0The parameter can be set only if the Congestion

Relief feature is unrestricted.YES

NONE

This parameter can only be modified if:

either the Directed Retry or Alternate

Congestion Relief options are available,

and

the neighbour is placed on the SACCH list.

YES

0 NONE NO

1 NONE NO

NONEThis parameter only applies to the BSC (location =

0).NO

60ct_flow_control_hi_level must be greater than

ct_flow_control_lo_level plus 20.NO

20ct_flow_control_lo_level must be less than

ct_flow_control_hi_level minus 20.NO

0 NONE NO

0 alt_qual_proc YES

0 rxlev_dl_ho YES

0 rxlev_dl_ho YES

0 rxlev_dl_pc YES

0 rxqual_dl_ho YES

0 rxqual_dl_pc YES

1

N1 must be greater than or equal to P1. N1 must be

less than or equal to the hreqt value set using

chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_pc and

rxlev_ul_pc.

YES

1



chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_pc and

rxlev_ul_pc.

YES

1



chg_act_alg_data command for rxqual_dl_pc and

rxqual_ul_pc.

YES

1



chg_act_alg_data command for rxqual_dl_pc and

rxqual_ul_pc.

YES

1



chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_ho and

rxlev_ul_ho.

YES

1



chg_act_alg_data command for rxqual_dl_ho and

rxqual_ul_ho.

YES

1



chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_ho and

rxlev_ul_ho.

YES

1

N8 must be greater than or equal to P8.

N8 must be less than or equal to the Hreqt value set

for rel_tim_adv

YES

0 surround_cell YES

0 NONE YES

0 rel_tim_adv YES

0 rxlev_ul_ho YES

0 rxlev_ul_ho YES

0 rxlev_ul_pc YES

0 rxqual_ul_ho YES

0 rxqual_ul_pc YES

0 NONE YES

63

The Concentric Cells option must be enabled in order

to set this parameter.

This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS

sites.

YES

0 NONE YES

0

The volume_control_type parameter controls the

dl_audio_lev_offset application:

If volume_control_type = 0, then the

dl_audio_lev_offset parameter does not have

any effect at RXCDR sites.


dl_audio_lev_offset parameter only applies to

sites equipped with GDP boards. The GDP

firmware controls the volume level by

converting the audio level bits for the entered

offset.

YES

0The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter affects speech

only if dnlk_vad_dtx is enabled.NO

1 NONE YES

NONE NONE YES

0

Must be executed in SYSGEN mode.

This parameter can be displayed or changed only at

sites where transcoding is enabled (RXCDR or local

transcoding BSC).

When enabled, the dnlk_vad_dtx parameter makes

the dl_dtx_voice_data parameter alive.

NO

NONE This parameter is only valid at the BSC (location = 0). YES

1


either the Directed Retry option is available,

and

the neighbour is placed on the SACCH list

and

the neighbour is external.

YES

0Requires the Directed Retry option.

This parameter can be changed only at the BSC.YES

0

The MSC may need to increase the timer waiting for

the Assignment Complete message from the BSS

when this database parameter is enabled.

The BSS does not initiate an external handover due

to the Directed Retry procedure if the

msc_preference parameter indicates that directed

retry is supported only within the BSS (not across the

A-interface) when the dr_standard_congest

parameter is enabled.

This parameter requires the Directed Retry option.

This parameter requires that dr_preference be

enabled.

YES

0

dr_standard_congest

dr_ho_during_assign

Requires the Directed Retry option.


YES

0

Requires the Directed Retry option. Directed Retry

must be on.

dr_preference must 0







retry is supported within the BSS (not across the



YES

2 NONE YES



0 NONE YES

10 NONE NO

0

This parameter is not available unless the containing

site is configured to support dynamic allocation.

The parameter is invalid for the BSC (location 0).

The system will reject the command if the cell_desc

equals all.

The Dynamic Allocation option must be in operation.

NO

0

The Multiband Inter-cell Handover feature must be

enabled.

This parameter can only be changed at the BSC

(location = 0), but it can be viewed at any site within a

specified BSS.

YES

NONE NONE NO

NONE NONE NO

NONE NONE NO

NONE NONE NO

0

The EFR feature must be unrestricted.

This parameter cannot be enabled if the

handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter is

disabled.

This parameter is only valid at BSC or RXCDR

locations (location = 0).

The bss_id is only valid at a RXCDR site.

YES

0

The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be disabled only

if:

The BCCH carrier is not in the GSM Extension

band.

The sd_load parameter is 0 for all carriers in

the Cell.

If the hopping systems (both enabled and

disabled) do not contain a combination of

PGSM and GSM extension band frequencies.

If the neighbour BCCH frequencies are not in

the GSM extension band.

The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be enabled only

if the cell is an EGSM frequency cell.

YES

0This parameter may only be changed on EGSM

systems.YES

0 cell_bar_access_class YES

1 NONE YES

35 NONE YES

0

The ext_range_cell parameter cannot be changed if

the Extended Range Cells feature is restricted.

The number of extended range timeslots on the

BCCH RTF must support the BCCH, CCCH, and

SDCCH channels as these channels are always

extended.

ms_max_range must be less than or equal to 63 for

a normal range cell. If ext_range_cell is enabled,

the maximum value of ms_max_range increases to

219.

max_number_sdcchs must be less than or equal to

20 when Extended Range is enabled.

Baseband hopping systems can only be configured

among timeslots of the same type, such as extended

or normal.

If frequency hopping systems is enabled in an

Extended Range Cell, all frequency hopping

indicators for the timeslots in the BCCH carrier

should be set to “255” (in hexadecimal, 0xff).

This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS,

M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro sites.

YES

0 NONE YES

NONE

If the Infrastructure Sharing Homogeneous Cabinet

feature is not enabled, the frequency_type for every

cabinet and cell at a site must be the same.


feature is enabled, but the Infrastructure Sharing

Heterogeneous feature is disabled, the cells at a site

must have the same single frequency type as the

cabinet they correlate to. However, the cabinets at

the site may be of different frequency types

If both the Infrastructure Sharing Homogeneous

Cabinet feature and the Infrastructure Sharing

Heterogeneous feature are enabled, the cells at a

site may have different frequency types and cabinets

may support multiple frequency types. However, the

cell frequency must be supported by the cabinet the

cell is correlated to.

If inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells,

the following two dependencies are enforced: (1) if

secondary_freq_type is set to EGSM or PGSM, the

frequency_type may be set only to DCS 1800; (2) if

secondary_freq_type is DCS 1800,

frequency_type may be set only to PGSM or

EGSM.

Cell and cabinet frequency types must be allowed at

the BSS as per the freq_types_allowed command.

YES

0 NONE YES

0

The Fast GCLK Warmup feature must be

unrestricted.

The GCLK version must be V9 or later.

YES

NONEThis parameter does not apply to RXCDR sites.

This parameter applies to only BSC sites.YES

16This parameter may not be modified if any BSP, BTP,

DHP, GPROC, or MSI is equipped.YES

6 The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. YES

1


This parameter can be set to a value of 1 (mode A)

or a value of 2 (mode B) only when

gprs_pc_meas_chan is set to 0 (BCCH).

This parameter cannot be set to 2 (mode B) when

gprs_mac_mode is set to 1 (dynamic mode).

YES


0


The PCU must be equipped.

max_gprs_pdch must be set to a non–zero–value.

At least one nsvc must be associated with a GBL.

The nsei parameter must be configured by the

operator.

A PSP and the default GSL must be equipped at the

PCU.

A routing area colour must have been configured for

the cell; see the ra_colour parameter.

The RAC parameter must be set.

GPRS timeslot resources are recalculated to ensure

that the number of PRP timeslots equipped at the

PCU is greater than or equal to the sum of

max_gprs_pdch for each carrier in cells where

GPRS is unrestricted.


that the number of GDS timeslots to the PCU is

greater than or equal to the sum of max_gprs_pdch

for each carrier in cells where GPRS is unrestricted.

1



max_gprs_pdch must be set to a non–zero–value.



operator.


PCU.













YES

0


This parameter can not be set to 1 (dynamic mode)

when gprs_dl_pwr_mode is set to 2 (mode B).

YES

1

The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by

which to decrement the MS

counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number

of uplink acks/nacks received

by the MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is

incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds

gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the preset

internal timer T3182 expires, n3102 is decremented by

gprs_ms_pan_dec. T3182

defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack.

If n3102 decrements to zero,

then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection

procedure as defined in the GSM


YES



31







0This parameter is only valid at the BSC.

This parameter does not apply to RXCDR sites.YES

1 This parameter can be set only at the BSC. YES

2

The maximum value for a PGSM or EGSM system is

19.

The maximum value for a DCS1800 system is 15.

YES

0 This parameter only applies to the BSC. YES

0 This parameter applies only to the BSC. YES

0

The handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter

cannot be disabled (0) if the efr_enabled parameter

is enabled (1).

YES

6

S This parameter may only be changed if the

HDSL option is unrestricted.

S This parameter may only be changed at an

M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact

site.

S Changing this parameter affects all master

modems equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at

the local M-Cell site.

S All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical

to the master modem alarm thresholds.

YES

6





site.






YES

16





site.






YES

18






equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local M-Cell

site.



YES

20










YES

14

This parameter may be changed only if the HDSL


This parameter may be changed only at an




site.



The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than the

hdsl_snr_restore threshold.

YES

16







site.



The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than the


YES

0

Congestion Relief feature is required.




YES

8 NONE YES

63 NONE YES

0 NONE YES

0

To use the ho_only_max_pwr parameter, the

decision_alg_type parameter must equal 1, to allow

the MS or BTS to reach full power.

YES



255 NONE YES

0

alt_qual_proc

This parameter is not valid at Horizonoffice BTS

sites.

YES

0

The hopping_support paPlace the system in the SYSGEN

ON mode before

using the chg_element or chg_cell_element

commands to change this parameter.

Using the chg_hop_param command to change the

hopping system does not require SYSGEN ON.rameter

defines the frequency hopping in a cell.

YES

NONE

The system must be in SYSGEN ON mode to

change this parameter with the chg_element or

chg_cell_element commands.

Using the chg_hop_params command to change

the hopping system does not require SYSGEN ON.

YES

NONE

Respond to the SITE reset prompt which will be

displayed after the chg_element command is

entered to modify this parameter.

YES

NONE

Refer to the descriptions for the chg_hop_params

command for restrictions on changing the hopping

parameters.

The system does not check for errors when changes

are made in SYSGEN ON mode. When SYSGEN is

turned off, however, the system does check for

errors, and may reject the command.

YES


0 NONE YES

0

The Concentric Cells feature must be unrestricted to

change inner_zone_alg.


sites.

Cannot set this parameter to Dual Band cells for

PCS1900 cells.

Before this parameter can be set to Dual Band (3)

the following dependencies must be met:

The Dual Band Cells feature must be unrestricted in

order to set inner_zone_alg to 3.

The Coincident Multiband feature and the Dual Band

Cells feature must not be set at the same time, so

coincident_mb must be 0.

RTFs must not be equipped for the inner zone.

The Multiband Inter-Cell Handover feature must be

enabled to change inner_zone_alg to 3

(mb_preference parameter must not be 0).

YES

8 NONE YES

1 NONE YES

If the Multiband

Inter-cell Handover

feature is enabled:

3 for PGSM and

EGSM cells

4 for DCS1800 cells

8 for PCS1900 cells

This parameter is not available unless the Multiband

Inter-cell Handover feature is enabled.

This parameter must include, at a minimum, the

frequency type for the cell. For example, if the cell

has a frequency_type of pgsm, then the

interband_ho_allowed parameter must include

pgsm as a possible destination frequency band for

handovers.

YES

63

interfer_bands,0 must be less than or equal to

interfer_bands,1


interfer_bands,2


interfer_bands,3


interfer_bands,4

YES

1 NONE YES

1 NONE YES

NoneChanging this parameter is not allowed at M-Cell

sites.YES

10 NONE YES

30 Must be less than u_rxlev_dl_p YES

10 NONE YES

30 Must be less than u_rxlev_ul_p YES

453 BER / 5

Qband

alt_qual_proc.

See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabledYES

0 BER If

dat_qual_enabled =

0

4QBand units If

data_qual_enabled

= 1

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

0 BER If

dat_qual_enabled =

0

4QBand units If

data_qual_enabled

= 1

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc

This parameter may not be changed for Horizonoffice

sites.

YES

226 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

4 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

alt_qual_proc

Must be greater than u_rxqual_dl_p

See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabled

YES

0 BER If

data_qual_enabled

= 0

4 QBand units If

data_qual_enabled

= 1

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

0 BER If

data_qual_enabled

= 0

4 QBand units If

data_qual_enabled

= 1

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc


sites.

YES

453 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

alt_qual_proc

See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabledYES

0 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

0 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc


sites.

YES

0 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc


sites.

YES

226 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

4 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

alt_qual_proc

Must be greater than u_rxqual_ul_p

See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabled

YES

0 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

0 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc


sites.

YES

0

The value of this parameter may be specified for the

BSC (site 0) only while in the initial SYSGEN mode.

The value of this parameter may not be changed if

any MSIs or BTS sites are equipped.

land_layer1_mode cannot be changed to 1 (T1)

unless mms_config_type = 0.

Horizonoffice BTS sites support E1 (2.048 Mbit/s –

CEPT format) BSC-BTS links only. This parameter

must be set to E1 before a Horizonoffice cabinet can

be equipped. This parameter cannot be changed at

Horizonoffice BTS sites.

If the GPRS feature is unrestricted and a PCU is

equipped, this parameter must be set to 0 (E1).

YES

0 The Microcellular feature must be unrestricted. YES

2link_about_to_fail must be less than link_fail

max_tx_btsYES

4link_fail must be greater than or equal to

link_about_to_failYES

1

Place the system in the SYSGEN ON mode before

using the chg_element command to change this

parameter.

YES

0 NONE YES

7 NONE YES

1 This parameter is valid only at Horizonoffice sites.



NONE

For combined channel configurations, the values can

be 4, 12, 20, 28 SDs

For non-combined channel configurations, the values

can be 8, 16, 24, 32 SDs

YES

0

The sum of max_q_length_full_rate_channel plus

max_q_length_sdcch must be less than or equal to

queue_management_information.

YES

NONE




YES

NONE NONE YES


0 frequency_type YES

The range and default values of

mstxpwr_max_inner depends on this parameter. If

the range or default value of max_tx_ms changes,

mstxpwr_max_inner must also be updated, to a

value less than or equal to max_ts_ms.

YES

0

This parameter is unavailable if the Multiband

Inter-Cell Handover feature is restricted.

This parameter may not be disabled when

inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells for

any cell in the BSS.

YES

100 (The value 100

indicates an

attempt to use the

last

resource).

The parameter can be set only if

S the Congestion Relief feature is unrestricted

(ho_exist_congest element must be

enabled).

S mb_preference element must be enabled.

S band_preference_mode must be set to 6

(the mode which triggers when a Cell is

congested).

S mb_tch_congest_thres must be less than

or equal to tch_congest_prevent_thres.

YES

0 NONE YES

0

The system must be in SYSGEN ON mode to modify

this parameter.

PCS1900 systems accept only the four parameter

cell number format.

This parameter is valid only at the BSC.

YES

0 NONE YES

0

The value of the land_layer1_mode parameter:

S For E1 systems (land_layer1_mode =0), the

value of this parameter can be changed at any

time for any site. If executed outside SYSGEN

mode, a warning message saying the MMSs

must be reset to have the change take effect at

that site will display.

S mms_config_type cannot be changed to 1 if

land_layer1_mode = 1 (T1).

The value of mms_config_type must be the same at

the BSC and the PCU sites.

YES

0 ms_max_range YES

63

The range for the ms_max_range parameter

depends on whether the Extended Range feature is

enabled or disabled.

This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice sites.

YES

2 decision_alg_num = 1 YES

2 hreqave YES

1 NONE YES

0If the cell is not a type 3 MS cell, 0 is the only value

allowed.YES

2 frequency_type YES

None ms_txpwr_max_def YES

None ms_txpwr_max_cell YES

Same value as

max_tx_ms

ms_txpwr_max_inner must be less than or equal to

max_tx_ms if the value for inner_zone_alg equals 1

(Dual Band cell).


sites.

YES

0The Directed Retry or the Multiband Intercell

Handover feature must be unrestricted.YES

84 (representing bit

pattern 01010100)Place the system in SYSGEN ON mode YES

0 NONE YES

0If the element is changed in SYSGEN ON mode, the

change takes effect immediately.YES

0The Multiband Intercell Handover feature must be

enabled.YES


255 0 to 255 (or 0 to FFh in Hex) YES

0 NONE YES

NONEThe MTL must be locked then unlocked for the

change to take effect.YES




NONE


Sysgen mode cannot be left until the nsei parameter

has been configured by the operator.

The nsei parameter cannot be modified until all GBLs

have been locked.

YES

1 NONE YES

off NONE NO

off NONE NO

off NONE NO

off NONE NO



16 NONE YES

4 if ccch_conf

equals 1; 8 if

ccch_conf not equal

to 1

The value of this parameter must be less than or

equal to the max_number_of_sdcchs.

The valid range for this parameter depends on the

value of ccch_conf.

YES

NONE

The value of opc depends on the values of

ss7_mode .

This parameter only applies to the BSC.

YES

0This parameter applies only to the BSC or RXCDR.

The Multiple Encryption feature must be unrestricted.YES













0 This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR. YES

0

The Concentric Cells feature must be enabled.

This parameter can not be modified at a

Horizonoffice site.

YES


0

This parameter is not allowed at the RXCDR.

This parameter is only applied at the BSC (location 0).

The EFR feature must be enabled to change this

parameter.

YES

0

The Dual Band Cells feature must be unrestricted.

Changing this parameter to 1 adds this cell to its won

neighbour list. This auto-created neighbour will not

be deleted by the user. It can only be deleted by

changing this element back to 0.

YES

0


You must reset the BSC when changing this

parameter for the change to take effect.

YES




None This parameter only applies to the BSC. YES

0 NONE YES


0 NONE YES

2This parameter must be greater than or equal to

pow_red_step_size_dl.YES

2This parameter must be greater than or equal to

pow_red_step_size_ul.YES

2This parameter must be less than or equal to

pow_inc_step_size_dl.YES

2This paremeter must be less than or equal to

pow_inc_step_size_ul.YES

1The Microcell feature must be unrestricted to use this

parameter.YES

0

The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. Queuing

must be enabled and the priority sent from the MSC

in the assignment request must be a value between 1

and 14; if this is not done, the last timeslot acts like a

reserved timeslot.

YES

1 NONE YES

1 NONE YES

50

The sum of (max_q_length_full_rate_channel +

max_q_length_sdcch) must be less than or equal to


YES

NONE

This parameter applies only to GPRS cells.


If the local_maintenance flag is disabled, this

parameter cannot be changed through the MMI.

YES

NONE



This parameter displays only when the value has

been set previously by the operator.

YES

16This parameter must be less than or equal to

ccch_load_period.YES

1000 (Disables flow

control)

If rach_load_type is 1, then the units for this

parameter is (# correct RACH accesses/# incorrect

RACH accesses).


parameter is (# correct RACH access/# possible

RACH accesses).

YES

NONE NONE YES

4 NONE YES

0 NONE YES

0

rci_error_gen threshold minus

rci_error_clr_threshold, divided by the

rci_error_decrement must be greater than or equal

to 2.

This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR.

YES

1

rci_error_gen threshold minus the



to 2.

This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR.

YES

6




to 2.

This parameter applies only to the BSC or RXCDR.

YES


16 NONE YES

20 NONE YES

511 NONE YES

6000 NONE YES

25 NONE YES

150 NONE YES

0 NONE YES

4 if alg_data=0 1

if alg_data=1

When alg_num is set to 255, bin_num can not be

set equal to decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg.YES

16 NONE YES

20 NONE YES

511 NONE YES

6000 NONE YES

5 NONE YES

5 NONE YES

2Must be less than

report_resource_tch_f_low_water_markYES

12Must be greater than

report_resource_tch_f_high_water_markYES

10 NONE YES

8This parameter must be less than rpd_trigger.

The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be enabled.YES

2 NONE YES

45 (– 65 dBm)

This parameter must be greater than l_rxlev_ul_p.

This parameter must be greater than rpd_offset.

The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be enabled.

YES

0 NONE YES

0

The RTF Fault Containment option must be

unrestricted to use this parameter.


YES

0 NONE YES

4 if alg_data=0 1

if alg_data=1


set equal to one of the following parameters:




YES

4 if alg_data=0 1

if alg_data=1


set equal to decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p.YES

63

The Concentric Cells Option must be enabled and

the inner_zone_alg type must be set to 1.


sites.

YES

15



1 –109 dBm

2 –108 dBm

.

.

.


YES

4 if alg_data=0 6

if alg_data=1 1

if alg_data=2


set equal to either:

decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h, or


YES

4 if alg_data=0 1

if alg_data=1 1

if alg_data=2


set equal to decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p.YES

63

The Concentric Cells Option must be enabled and

the inner_zone_alg parameter must be set to 1.


sites.

YES

4 if alg_data=0 1

if alg_data=1 1

if alg_data=2


set equal to decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_h.YES

4 if alg_data=0 1

if alg_data=1 1

if alg_data=2


set equal to decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p.YES

4 if alg_data=0 6

if alg_data=1 1

if alg_data=2

decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h YES

4 if alg_data=0 1

if alg_data=1 1

if alg_data=2

decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p YES

255

0 Safe (Safe Tests)

1 int_lpbk (Internal Loopback Tests)

2 Self test

255 No audit

YES

NONE NONE YES

NONE NONE YES

NONE NONE YES

NONE NONE YES

1



parameter.

NO

NONE

External SDCCH handover must be enabled at and

supported by the MSC.

The hand_over_required_curr_ ch parameter must

be set to 1 so as to include the information element in

the handover required message to the MSC.

YES

2 NONE YES

12 NONE YES

0The Multiband Intercell Handover feature must be

unrestricted.YES

1The sdcch_ho parameter must be enabled. (This is

not monitored by the system.)YES


This parameter is set to the primary frequency type

when a cell is not configured as a Dual Band cell.

This parameter may be modified only when changing

inner_zone_alg to 3 with the chg_cell_element

command.

At Dual Band cells:

S When the Cell frequency type is set to PGSM

or EGSM, the secondary_freq_type can only

be set to DCS1800.

S When the Cell frequency type is set to

DCS1800, the secondary_freq_type can only

be set to PGSM or EGSM.

At non-Dual Band cells, the secondary_freq_type is

set to the primary frequency type.

NO

4 NONE NO

10This parameter must be greater than

slip_loss_daily.

255 NONE YES

6000 NONE NO

31 The PCU must be locked. YES

31 The PCU must be locked. YES

0 The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. YES

2 The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. NO

The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. YES

0

The system checks the values of the opc and dpc

variables and compares them to the value of

ss7_mode. If the ranges are not compatible, the

system rejects the changes.

This parameter requires a location value of “0” or

“bsc.”

NO

80

Must be greater than the


This parameter applies only to a BSC.

NO

70

Must be less than the

ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter.


NO

250 NONE NO

70




NO

200 NONE NO

10 NONE NO

30Must be set to 30 or 60 minutes to align with the

OMC-R.NO

NONE decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h YES

0 This parameter applies only to a BSC. NO

16This parameter must be less than

sync_loss_hourly.NO


sync_loss_daily.NO

511 NONE NO

6000 NONE NO

25 NONE NO

150 NONE NO

10 NONE NO

10 NONE NO

100Must be greater than or equal to

tch_busy_norm_threshold.NO

100Must be less than or equal to

tch_busy_critical_threshold.NO

100 (The value 100

indicates an

attempt to use the

last

resource).

The Congestion Relief feature must be enabled.

This parameter must be greater than or equal to

mb_tch_congest_thres.

YES

0 NONE YES

255 NONE YES

7This parameter may not be changed if the

cell_reselect_param_ind parameter is not set.YES

7 NONE YES

4 hreqave, n8, p8 YES

5

This parameter is used only when handover records

are requested and RSS, Abis and/or MS Power

control data are specified.

This parameter applies only to the BSC.

YES

5

This parameter is used only when handover records




YES

50

This parameter must be greater than the value

assigned to the trunk_major_threshold parameter

unless both values are set to 0.


YES

50

This parameter must be less than the value assigned

to the trunk_critical_threshold parameter unless

both values are set to 0.


YES

0

This parameter cannot be altered unless the

Aggregate Abis feature is enabled.


YES

0

No RTFs are equipped (tsc_update_method must

first be set before RTFs can be equipped in the

script). Equip RTF verifies the TSC values based on

this setting.


YES

4 NONE YES

0

This parameter is valid only if the transceivers at the

site are inactive.

The system does not accept this parameter if the

associated DRIs are unlocked.

YES

45

l_rxqual_dl_h

This parameter is used by the BSS only when

interfer_ho_allowed is 1.

YES

40 NONE YES

45

l_rxqual_ul_h

This parameter is used by the BSS only when

interfer_ho_allowed is 1.

YES

40 NONE YES

28 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

1 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

alt_qual_proc

Since better rxqual corresponds to a lower bit error

rate, u_rxqual_dl_p should be less than

l_rxqual_dl_p.

YES

28 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

1 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

alt_qual_proc

Since better rxqual corresponds to a lower bit error

rate, u_rxqual_ul_p must be less than

l_rxqual_ul_p.

YES

0


ul_audio_lev_offset application. If

volume_control_type = 1, then the

ul_audio_lev_offset parameter only applies to sites

equipped with GDP boards. The GDP firmware

controls the volume level by converting the audio

level bits for the entered offset.


YES

1 NONE YES

1 NONE YES

0

This parameter does not apply to RXCDR sites.


The Phase 2 optional feature which must be

purchased.

NO

0 This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice sites. YES

0 NONE YES

0

The Generic DSP Processor (GDP) Volume Control

feature must be available.

If volume_control_type is set to 1, the BSS must be

equipped with GDP boards, unless remote

transcoding, when RXCDR must contain a GDP

board to serve the BSS.

CCDSP (Channel Coding Digital Signal Processor)

volume control cannot be directly initiated from an

RXCDR. (There are no DRIs at the RXCDR).

However, by setting the parameter to 0 at the BSC

and at the RXCDR, CCDSP (DRI) volume control is

used in this BSS.

The parameters ul_audio_lev_offset and

dl_audio_lev_offset must be set to 0 before

changing volume_control_type.


YES

10 NONE YES

5 NONE YES

0 NONE YES

0

The Concentric Cells feature must be unrestricted.

The range depends on the value of inner_zone_alg:

S Dual Band Cell: –63 to 63.

S Not Dual Band Cell: 0 to 30.


sites.

YES

DATABASE PARAMETER Description

add_access_class

The add_access_class timer specifies the guard

time period between individual mobile

access classes to come into service. This permits

MSs to access the system gradually.

assign_successful

The assign_successful timer causes a Clear

Request message to be sent to the MSC

when it expires.

bcch_info

The bcch_info timer specifies the wait time for the

Radio Subsystem (RSS) to hold an

information message for the BCCH System

Information Messages from Call Processing

(CP) before sending the information message to

the channel coders.

bounce_protect_cong_tmr

The bounce_protect_cong_tmr timer specifies the

number of SACCH periods after a

congestion handover that the system applies the

bounce_protect_margin value.

bounce_protect_qual_tmr

The bounce_protect_qual_tmr timer specifies the

number of SACCH periods after a

RXQUAL handover the system applies the

bounce_protect_margin value.

bsc_auditThe bsc_audit timer specifies how long activity is

monitored on a dedicated channel.

bsc_audit_response

The bsc_audit_response timer specifies the wait

time for audit ssm call response from

RRSM timer.

bssgp_fc_period_c

The bssgp_fc_period_c timer specifies the rate at

which the BSS is allowed to send

flow control messages for a given BVC or MS.

The BSS may send a new Flow Control

PDU every C seconds, where C is a value which is

predefined and common to the BSS

and SGSN.

bssgp_t1_timer

The bssgp_t1_timer guards the BVC Blocking and

Unblocking procedures between the

BSS and SGSN.

bssgp_t2_timerThe bssgp_t2_timer guards the BVC Reset

procedure between the BSS and the SGSN.

bssmap_t1

The bssmap_t1 timer specifies the wait time for a

Blocking Acknowledge or Unblocking

Acknowledge from the MSC. The value set must

allow enough time for the MSC to

respond to a Block/Unblock, even if the MSC is not

in a state to respond immediately. A

typical value for this timer is 1000 milliseconds.

bssmap_t10

The bssmap_t10 timer specifies the wait time for

return assignment complete MS.

Because the bssmap_t10 timer is used twice in the

system, it is considered to be a timer

in cascade and its value corresponds to the lowest

assigned value.

bssmap_t11The bssmap_t11 timer specifies the wait time for a

queued resource request.

bssmap_t13The bssmap_t13 timer specifies the wait time for

the reset guard period at the BSS.

bssmap_t19

The bssmap_t19 timer specifies the wait time for a

Reset Circuit Acknowledge from the

MSC. The value must allow the MSC enough time

to respond to a BSC initiated Reset

Circuit. A typical value for this timer is 1000

milliseconds.

bssmap_t20


Circuit Group Blocking Ack or Circuit

Group Unblocking Ack from MSC. A typical value

for this timer is 1000 milliseconds.

bssmap_t4


return of the Reset Acknowledgement

from MSC. This timer must be set to allow enough

time for the BSS to recover from a

global reset. A typical value for this timer is 1000

milliseconds.

bssmap_t7

In an inter-BSS (external) handover, the BSC

(SSM) timer bssmap_t7 guards against

something going wrong at the MSC with the

handover that the BSC has triggered. The

BSC responds to the MSC and sets the timer to

guard against non-receipt of the MSC

approval to proceed with the handover. If the timer

expires before the HANDOVER

COMMAND message is received from the MSC,

the result depends on the setting of the

handover_recognized_period parameter.

bssmap_t8

The bssmap_t8 timer specifies the wait time for the

receipt of a successful handover.

This is the sum of the time required for all

messages to be sent to the mobile plus the

time it takes to access a target and come back, if

necessary.

bssmap_tqho

The bssmap_tqho timer specifies the maximum

allowed queuing time for a handover

request.

bts_audit

The bts_audit timer specifies the wait time for the

audit timer for the state on dedicated

channel.

bts_audit_response

The bts_audit_response timer specifies the wait

time for audit Radio Resource State

Machine (RRSM) call response from the SCCP

State Machine (SSM).

bts_escalation

The bts_escalation timer specifies how long the

BTS can be out of communication with

the BSC before resetting.

carrier_free_immediate

The carrier_free_immediate timer specifies the

time allowed to free all channels on a

carrier when the channels must be freed

immediately (regardless of state). This value

should be eight times greater than the value

needed to free a single timeslot.

cbch_1

The cbch_1 timer specifies the wait time for

sending BCCH information for the newly

activated CBCH channel to the deactivation of the

old CBCH.

cbch_2The cbch_2 timer specifies the wait time for

updating the CBCH response from RSS.

cbch_3

The cbch_3 timer specifies the wait time for the

CBCH activation acknowledgement from

RCI.

channel_act

The channel_act timer specifies how long the

Radio Subsystem (RSS) waits for a

confirmation from the channel coder after sending

a CHAN_ACTIVATE request to the

channel coders. This request is sent to the

channel coders to activate a channel.

channel_teardownThe channel_teardown timer specifies the wait

time for channel teardown.

cipher_comp_ms

The cipher_comp_ms (and the

ciphering_successful) parameters are guard timers

that are used to verify that expected messages are

received. If an expected message is

not received within the specified time, the

resources associated with the call are

released.

ciphering_successful

The ciphering_successful (and the

ciphering_comp_ms) parameters are guard

timers that are used to verify that expected

messages are received. If an expected

message is not received within the specified time,

the resources associated with the call

are released.

circuit_reset_ack

The circuit_reset_ack timer specifies the wait time

for the “circuit reset”

acknowledgement from internal subsystems. A

typical value for this timer is 1000

milliseconds.

clear_cmd_ext_ho

The clear_cmd_ext_ho timer specifies the wait

time for the clear command from the

MSC when the MSC sends a Handover command.

clear_commandThe clear_command timer specifies the wait time

for the clear command from the MSC.

dealloc_inact

The dealloc_inact timer specifies the wait time for

the deallocation of a channel for

which a fatal error indication has been received

from the BSS. The channel is held for

the specified time in case the connection recovers.

downlink_sync_timer

The downlink_sync_timer timer specifies the wait

time a Channel Coder Unit (CCU)

allows for the downlink TRAU Sync to be lost

during a call before generating an error

indication.

dynet_retry_time

The dynet_retry_time timer specifies the amount of

time that the BTS waits for a

response from the BSC when the BTS requests a

terrestrial backing source. The value

for this timer depends on whether satellites are

used to connect the BSC to the BTS.

early_classmark_delay

The early_classmark_delay timer specifies how

long the BSS delays sending the

Classmark Update message to the MSC during

Early Classmark sending.

emerg_reserved

The emerg_reserved timer specifies how long a

TCH is reserved for an emergency call

access. The TCH becomes reserved after an

existing call is torn down due to the lack of

TCHs at the time of an emergency call access.

ext_ho_allocationThe ext_ho_allocation timer specifies the wait time

for handover allocation.

ext_rtry_cand_prd

The ext_rtry_cand_prd timer specifies the time

between successive attempts for a

given source cell to attempt an inter-BSS handover

to a target cell which had previously

rejected a handover attempt because of

congestion.

flow_control_t1

The flow_control_t1 timer specifies the wait time

before the Flow Control mechanism

considers new overload messages.

flow_control_t2

The flow_control_t2 timer specifies the wait time

before a previously flow control barred

access class is brought back in service.

gbl_thrput_period

The gbl_thrput_period timer specifies the time

period to compute the statistics

GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT and

GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT. These statistics

indicate the

throughput of a GBL uplink and downlink.

gprs_smg30_t3192

The gprs_smg30_t3192 timer specifies the mobile

timers used by the BTS on the BCCH

blocks. It specifies the time that the mobile

continues the assigned PDCHs, after

receiving its last data block and before it returns to

monitoring its paging groups.

gprs_t3168

The gprs_t3168 timer specifies the MS timers used

by the BTS on the BCCH blocks.

This parameter specifies the wait time for the MS

waits to get a Packet Uplink

Assignment after sending a Packet Resource

Request.

gprs_t3192

The gprs_t3192 timer specifies the MS timers used

by the BTS on BCCH blocks. This

parameter specifies the time that the MS continues

the assigned PDCHs after receiving

its last data block and before it returns to

monitoring its paging groups.

handover_recognized_period

The handover_recognized_period parameter

specifies the per cell periodicity timer for

the minimum period between handover attempts

for a BTS queueing for handover. It

sets the minimum period between internal BTS

handover messages being generated and

that result in a HANDOVER REQUIRED message

being sent from the BSS to the MSC.

ho_ack

In an intra-cell handover, the ho_ack timer

specifies the wait time for the BTS/BSC

assignment of the target handover channel. If this

timer expires before this assignment,

the handover attempt fails, the newly assigned

channel is freed, and a new handover

procedure has to start.

ho_allocation

The ho_allocation timer specifies the wait time for

handover allocation from destination

cell RRSM.

ho_complete

The ho_complete timer specifies the wait time for

handover complete from a MS on the

target cell.

ho_request

The ho_request timer specifies the wait time for

handover request from the MSC after

the SCCP connection is established.

ho_successful

The ho_successful parameter specifies the wait

time for handover complete from target cell Radio

Resource State Machine (RRSM).

hop_count_timer

The hop_count _timer specifies the number of

SACCH periods that intercell interference

handovers are counted. If the number of

handovers defined by the hop_count parameter

occur within the time set by the hop_count_timer,

the system escalates the handover to a RXQUAL

handover to another cell.

initial_sync_timer

The initial_sync_timer specifies the wait time for a

Channel Coder Unit (CCU) to

receive the initial downlink Transcoding and Rate

Adaption Unit (TRAU) frame before

generating an error indication.

mode_modify

The mode_modify timer specifies the wait time for

the MODE MODIFY message to be

sent from Abis to Physical Layer 1.

mode_rr_modify_ack

The mode_rr_modify_ack timer specifies the wait

time for the MODE MODIFY

ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MS.

ms_sapi3_est

The ms_sapi3_est timer specifies the wait time for

SAPI 3 SMS establishment from the

MS.

neighbor_report_timer

The neighbor_report_timer specifies the wait time

for the MS for a handover to decode

the BSIC and report on potentially interfering

neighbours.

ns_alive_timerThe ns_alive_timer guards the NS Test Procedure

between the BSS and the SGSN.

ns_block_timer

The ns_block_timer guards the NS Blocking and

Unblocking Procedures between the

BSS and SGSN.

ns_reset_period

The ns_reset_period timer specifies the period for

which the BSS attempts to reset an

NSVC using the NS Reset Procedure.

ns_reset_timerThe ns_reset_timer guards the NS Reset

Procedure between the BSS and the SGSN.

ns_test_timer

The ns_test_timer specifies the periodicity of the

NSVC test procedure. The NSVC is

tested every ns_test_timer seconds.

penalty_time

The penalty_time timer specifies how long the

value specified by the field

temporary_offset is valid.

phase_lock_duration

The phase_lock_duration parameter extends the

minimum length of time a GCLK must

hold synchronization with an MMS before the

GCLK is considered synchronized.

radio_chan_released

The radio_chan_released timer specifies how long

the BSC waits for the BTS to

release a call. This timer starts when one of the

following occurs:

register_exp

The register_exp timer specifies the wait time for

the CRM to initiate registration with the

BSC.

rf_chan_rel_ack

The rf_chan_rel_ack timer specifies the wait time

an RF channel release

(acknowledgement) message from the Radio

Subsystem (RSS).

rr_ny1_rep

The rr_ny1_rep parameter specifies the threshold

for the maximum number of repetitions for the

PHYSICAL INFORMATION message during a

handover. This parameter is used by RSS Layer 1

process.

rr_t3101

The rr_t3101 timer specifies how long the BSS

waits for the MS to establish on a

Standalone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH)

after sending an immediate assignment

message.

rr_t3103

The rr_t3103 timer specifies how long the BSS

waits for an internal handover to

complete.

rr_t3105

The rr_t3105 parameter specifies the repetition

between transmissions of the Physical

Information messages during the handover

procedure. The RSS uses this value to

calculate the number of blocks to skip. This value

is sent to the DRI.

rr_t3109

The rr_t3109 timer is used during the channel

release procedure in case of a radio link

timeout.

rr_t3111_sd

The rr_t3111_sd timer specifies the delay for the

deactivation of an SDCCH channel

after the disconnection of the main signalling link.

The purpose is to allow some time for

the possible repetition of the disconnection of the

main signalling link.

rr_t3111_tch

Th rr_t311_tch timer specifies the delay for the

deactivation of a traffic channel (TCH)

after the disconnection of the main signalling link.

The purpose is to allow some time for

the possible repetition of the disconnection of the

main signalling link.

rr_t3212

The rr_t3212 timer governs the MS periodic

location update procedure. This timer is

part of the control channel description information

parameter.

rtry_cand_prd

The rtry_cand_prd timer specifies how long a cell

can be marked as congested and can

not accept incoming non-imperative handovers.

sacch_info

The sacch_info timer specifies how long the Radio

Subsystem (RSS) must hold system

information messages for the SACCH from Call

Processing (CP) before it can send the

system information it has down to the channel

coders. The information is sent

immediately if both of the SACCH information

messages are received.

sccp_released

The sccp_released timer specifies the wait time for

SCCP Released from MSC. This

timer controls the duration that the BSC waits for

the SCCP connection to be released.

sccp_tconn_est

The sccp_tconn_est timer specifies the wait time

for the SCCP connection confirmation

from the MSC.

sccp_tiarThe sccp_tiar timer specifies the receive inactivity

control timer.

sccp_tiasThe sccp_tias timer specifies the send activity

control timer.

sccp_trelThe sccp_trel timer specifies the wait time for

SCCP Release complete.

sm_audit_response

The sm_audit_response timer specifies the wait

time for audit response from switch

manager.

spi

The spi timer specifies the wait time before

initiating an internal reset after either

Subsystem Prohibited (SSP) or Signalling Point

Inaccessible (SPI) occurs.

ss7_l2_t1The ss7_l2_t1 timer specifies the alignment ready

timer.

ss7_l2_t2The ss7_l2_t2 timer specifies the not aligned

timer.

ss7_l2_t3 The ss7_l2_t3 timer specifies the aligned timer.

ss7_l2_t4The ss7_l2t4 timer specifies the emergency

proving period timer.

ss7_l2_t5The ss7_l2_t5 timer specifies the sending SIB

timer.

ss7_l2_t6The ss7_l2_t6 timer specifies the remote

congestion timer.

ss7_l2_t7

The ss7_l2_t7 timer specifies the excessive delay

of acknowledgement timer. If the

error correction method is set to PCR, the

minimum value for this parameter is 0.8

seconds.

ss7_l3_t1The ss7_l3_t3 timer specifies the delay to avoid

mis-sequencing on changeover timer.

ss7_l3_t12The ss7_l3_t12 timer specifies the uninhibit

acknowledgement timer.

ss7_l3_t13The ss7_l3_t13 timer specifies the force uninhibit

timer.

ss7_l3_t14The ss7_l3_t14 timer sets the inhibition

acknowledgement timer.

ss7_l3_t17

The ss7_l3_t17 timer specifies the time to wait to

avoid oscillation of initial alignment

failure and link restart timer.

ss7_l3_t2The ss7_l3_t2 timer specifies the wait time for

changeover acknowledgement timer.

ss7_l3_t22The ss7_l3_t22 timer specifies the local inhibit test

timer.

ss7_l3_t23The ss7_l3_t23 timer specifies the remote inhibit

test time

ss7_l3_t4

The ss7_l3_t4 timer specifies the waiting for

changeback acknowledgement (first

attempt) timer.

ss7_l3_t5

The ss7_l3_t5 timer specifies the waiting for

changeback acknowledgement (second

attempt) timer.

ss7_slt_t1

The ss7_slt_t1 parameter specifies the supervision

timer for signalling link test

acknowledgement.

start_ack

The start_ack parameter specifies the BSC wait

time for the starting acknowledgement

of a single registered BTS during configuration

time.

static_sync_timer

This static_sync_timer specifies the maximum

amount of time that is allowed for the

channel coder to transition from initial time

alignment to static time alignment. Static time

alignment is necessary before the channel coder

can process data.

t_stat_info

The t_stat_info timer specifies the interval between

Subsystem Status Test (SST)


uplink_sync_timer

The uplink_sync_timer specifies how long a

Channel Coder Unit (CCU) waits for the

urgent alarm pattern to be received before

generating an error indication.

valid_candidate_period

The valid_candidate_period timer specifies how

long candidates for handovers due to

congestion are valid before querying for new ones.

Valid range Value description Default value

0 to 1000000 60000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 10000 2000

0 to 127 0

0 to 127 0

0 to 1000000 120000

0 to 1000000 30000

1 to 1000

1 0.1 seconds 100

milliseconds

.

10 1 second 1000

milliseconds

.

1000 100 seconds

100000 milliseconds

10 (1 second)

1 to 120 3

0 to 1000000 60000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 1000000 60000

0 to 1000000 40000

0 to 1000000 30000

T20

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000

The lesser value

of 60000 or the

bsc_audit timer

minus 1

0 to 100000 30000

0, and 30 to 360

(0 indicates that the

BTS does not reset

due to loss of

communication with

the BTS)

60

0 to 1000000 120000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 35000

0 to 10000 10000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 1000000 70000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 None

1000 to 3000 1000

150 to 3000 150

0 to 100000 0

0 to 1000000 120000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 4000

0 to 1000000 20000

0 to 1000000 20000

1 to 255 50

500, 1000, 2000, and 4000 500

500, 1000, 2000, and 4000 4000

0, 80, 120, 160, 200, 500, 1000, and 1500 500

2 to 64 (even values only) 2

0 to 1000000 5000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 255A value of 0 disables

the feature.0

1500 to 7000 4000 (4 seconds)

0 to 10000 10000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 1000000 28000

0 to 255 10

1 to 30 3

1 to 30 3

1 to 250 125

1 to 120 40

1 to 60 30

0 to 31

0 20 seconds

1 40 seconds

2 60 seconds

.

.

30 620 seconds

0

0 to 36000

50 (M-Cell only)

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 120000

0 to 1000000 5000

0 to 200 20

0 to 10000005000 (add_cell

default)

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 200 60

0 to 1000000 14400

0 to 1000000 14400

0 to 1000000 14400

0 to 255 10

0 to 1000000 4000

0 to 10000 2000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 30000

0 to 1000000 30000

4000 to 15000 10000

0 to 1000000 30000

10000 to 1000000 60000

The range of values is dependent upon the

value of the

ss7_mode parameter

40000 to 50000 If

ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)

13000 to 30000 If

ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)

The default value

is dependent upon

the value of the

ss7_mode

parameter.

50000 If

ss7_mode = 0

(ITU)

13000 If

ss7_mode = 1

(ANSI)


value of the

ss7_mode parameter

5000 to 150000 If

ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)

5000 to 30000 If

ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)

The default value

is dependent upon

the value of the

ss7_mode

parameter.

25000 If

ss7_mode = 0

(ITU)

23000 If

ss7_mode = 1

(ANSI)


value of the

ss7_mode parameter

1000 to 1500 If

ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)

5000 to 14000 If

ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)

The default value

is dependent upon

the value of the

ss7_mode

parameter.

1400 If ss7_mode

= 0 (ITU)

11500 If

ss7_mode = 1

(ANSI)

400 to 600 600

80 to 120 100


value of the

ss7_mode parameter

3000 to 6000 If

ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)

1000 to 6000 If

ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)

The default value

is dependent upon

the value of the

ss7_mode

parameter.

5000 If ss7_mode

= 0 (ITU)

5000 If ss7_mode

= 1 (ANSI)

500 to 2000 1000

500 to1200 850

800 to 1500 1150

800 to 1500 1150

2000 to 3000 2500

800 to 1500 1150

700 to 2000 1400


value of the

ss7_mode parameter.

180000 to 360000 If

ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)

90000 to 120000 If

ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)

The default value

is dependent upon

the value of the

ss7_mode

parameter.

270000 If

ss7_mode = 0

(ITU)

90000 If

ss7_mode = 1

(ANSI)


value of the

ss7_mode parameter.

180000 to 360000 If

ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)

90000 to 120000 If

ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)

The default value

is dependent upon

the value of the

ss7_mode

parameter.

270000 If

ss7_mode = 0

(ITU)

90000 If

ss7_mode = 1

(ANSI)

500 to 1200 850

500 to 1200 850

4000 to 12000 8000

0 to 1000000 30000

1 to 65535

0 0 seconds 0

milliseconds

1 0.001 second 1

millisecond

.

12000 12 seconds

12000 milliseconds

.

65535 65.535

seconds 65535

milliseconds

12000

0 to 1000000 90000

1000 to 3000 1000

1 to 1000000 4000

DependenciesSupported by

OMC-R GUI

None NO

None Yes

None NO

None Yes

None Yes

Must be greater than bts_audit No

None No

The GPRS feature must be

unrestricted.No


unrestricted.No

None No

None Yes

None No

None No

None No

None No

None NO

None No

None No

None No

None No

Must be less than bsc_audit No

None No

The parameter is only valid for a

remote BTS site.

In the command syntax, location

must not be 0

(zero).

No

None No

None No

None No

None No

None No

None No

The ciphering_successful

parameter value must be

greater than the cipher_comp_ms

parameter value.

No

The ciphering_successful

parameter value must be

greater than the cipher_comp_ms

parameter value.

No

None No

This command is only valid for

the BSC (location 0).Yes

None No

None No

This parameter is not allowed at a

stand-alone BSC

or a stand-alone RXCDR. It can

be used at a

collocated BSC/BTS or at a BTS.

Yes

This parameter is not available

unless the containing

site is configured to support

Dynamic Allocation and

this option is in operation.

The parameter is invalid for the

BSC (location 0).

No

The Multiband Inter-cell

Handover feature must be

enabled.

This parameter can only be

viewed at the BSC.

Yes

None No

None No

The Congestion Relief feature

must be enabled.

The inter_cell_handover_allowed

parameter must

be enabled for ECR functionality

to work properly.

No

The flow_control_t1 value must

be at least 1000

milliseconds less than the

flow_control_t2 value.

No

The flow_control_t1 value must

be at least 1000

milliseconds less than the

flow_control_t2 value.

No


unrestricted.Yes


unrestricted.

If the parameter smg_gb_vers is

less than or equal

to 30, then it is used. Otherwise,

gprs_t3192 is

used.

Yes


unrestricted.Yes


unrestricted.Yes

Call queueing must be enabled.

MSC h_interval ,

handover_recognized_period

Yes

None Yes

None No

None No

None No

None No

None Yes

This timer is not allowed at a

stand-alone BSC or

RXCDR. It can be used at a

collocated BSC/BTS or

at a BTS.

The initial_sync_timer is valid

only at sites that

contain transceivers, such as

BTS sites or collocated

BSC/BTS sites.

Yes

The value of the

mode_modify_ack CP timer must

be greater than or equal to the

RSS timers + 10 ms.

No

None No

None No

This parameter is valid only if the

Concentric Cells

Option is enabled and the

inner_zone_alg element

is set to 2.

This parameter may not be

changed for Horizonoffice

BTS sites.

Yes

This parameter can be used only

if the GPRS feature

is unrestricted.No

No


if the GPRS feature

is unrestricted.

No


if the GPRS feature

is unrestricted.

No


if the GPRS feature is

unrestricted.

No


if the GPRS feature

is unrestricted.

No

temporary_offset Yes

This parameter cannot be

modified for a GPRS PCU

MMS.

Yes

None No

None No

None Yes

rr_t3105 Yes

The rr_t3101 value must be

greater than the

maximum length of time it takes

for a Layer 2

establishment attempt.

Yes

None Yes

None Yes


greater than the

rr_t3111_sd and the rr_t3111_tch

values.

No


greater than the


values.

No


greater than the


values.

No

None Yes


must be enabled.

The inter_cell_handover_allowed

parameter must

be enabled for ECR functionality

to work properly.

No

None No

None No

None No

The sccp_tiar timer parameter

must be greater than

the sccp_tias timer parameter.

The sccp_tiar at the BSS must be

greater than the

sccp_tiar at the MSC.

No

The sccp_tiar timer parameter

must be greater than

the sccp_tias timer parameter.

The sccp_tiar at the BSS must be

greater than the

sccp_tiar at the MSC.

No

None No

None No

None No

ss7_mode Yes

ss7_mode Yes

ss7_mode Yes

None Yes

None Yes

ss7_mode Yes

If pcr_enable is “on”, ss7_l2_t7

must be greater

than or equal to 800 milliseconds.

Yes

None Yes

None Yes

None Yes

None Yes

None Yes

If pcr_enable is “on”, ss7_l3_t2

must be greater

than or equal to 1400

milliseconds.

Yes

ss7_mode Yes

ss7_mode Yes

None Yes

None Yes

None Yes

None No


if the GPRS feature

is unrestricted.

This parameter is not available if

the

local_maintenance flag is

disabled.

Yes

None

This parameter is not allowed at a

stand-alone BSC

or RXCDR. It can be used at a

collocated BSC/BTS

or at a BTS.

Yes

The ho_exist_congest parameter

must be enabled.Yes

DATABASE PARAMETER DescriptionValid

range

attach_detach

The attach_detach parameter enables and disables the

mandatory International Mobile

Subscriber Identity (IMSI) attach/detach for the MS.

0 or 1

ba_alloc_proc

The ba_alloc_proc parameter enables and disables the

reinitialization of the active block

following a change in the broadcast control channel

allocation (BA) and the suspension of

subsequent measurements until the new BA is

reported.

0 or 1

bs_ag_blks_res

The bs_ag_blks_res parameter specifies the number of

blocks reserved for access

grant per 51–multiframes. The number of blocks

reserved starting with (and including)

block 0 are broadcast in the BCCH. The number of

paging blocks available are reduced

by the number of blocks reserved for access grant

messages.

The choice of value is determined by the ratio of MS-

originated calls to MS-terminated

calls.

PCH and AGCH share the same TDMA mapping when

combined onto a basic physical

channel. Channels are shared on a block by block

basis.

0 to 2

blocks

reserved

for

ccch_conf

= 1

0 to 7

blocks

reserved

for

ccch_conf

1

bsic

The bsic parameter specifies the Base Station Identity

Code (BSIC).

The BSIC is a local colour code that allows an MS to

distinguish between different

neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is encoded on

the Synchronization Channel.

The size of the BSIC is one octet made up of two

values:

Network Colour Code (NCC). The NCC is three bits

and is the same as the Public

land mobile network (PLMN) Colour Code.

Base station Colour Code (BCC). The BCC is also

three bits.

The values for the NCC and BCC may range from 000

to 111.

0 to 63

bvci

The bvci parameter specifies a BSSGP Virtual

Connection Identifier (BVCI). There must

be one BVCI per cell and one signalling BVCI per BSS.

BVCIs are automatically

generated by the BSS on creation of a cell.

2 to

65535

ccch_conf

The ccch_conf parameter specifies the organization of

the Common Control Channels

(CCCH) on the BCCH. This field defines whether the

CCCHs are combined with SDCCH

and SACCH onto the same basic physical channel. The

value depends on the size of

the cell and on the number of access attempts

expected on the cell.

0, 1, 2, 4,

and 6

ccch_load_period

The ccch_load_period parameter specifies the number

of TDMA multiframes between

successive calculations of the RACH load during

overload conditions.

1 to 1020

cell_bar_access_class

The cell_bar_access_class parameter specifies access

classes that are barred (or not

barred) access to the PLMN. A channel request is

initiated only when the access class

of a mobile is “not barred”. The list of authorized access

classes is broadcast on the

BCCH by way of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages.

Also broadcast are the classes

that have access to emergency calls.

0 to ffffh

cell_bar_access_switch

The cell_bar_access_switch parameter specifies

whether or not subscribers are barred

access to a cell in idle mode.

Emergency calls (user class 10) are not, and cannot

be, barred.

0 or 1

cell_bar_qualifyThe cell_bar_qualify parameter is used by the network

to control MS cell selection.0 or 1

cell_reselect_hysteresis

The cell_reselect_hysteresis parameter specifies the

hysteresis level for cell

reselection into a different location area. The new cell is

selected only if the path loss

criterion parameter (C1) on the new cell exceeds C1 on

the old cell by a minimum of

value assigned to the cell_reselect_hysteresis

parameter.

Differences in received signal levels from 0 to 14 dB (in

2 dB increments) are used for

cell reselection.

0 to 7

cell_reselect_offset

The cell_reselect_offset parameter specifies a C2

offset value for the MS. C2 is the

reselection priority assigned to a cell which can be

broadcast on the BCCH of each cell.

When more than one cell is available for reselection,

the MS reselects the cell with the

highest C2 value.

Lower C2 values discourage fast moving MSs from

selecting a specific cell. Higher

values encourage MSs to reselect a specific cell.

0 to 63

cell_reselect_param_ind

The cell_reselect_parameter_ind parameter specifies

whether the C2 parameters

(cell_bar_qualify, cell_reselect_offset,

temporary_offset, and penalty_time) are broadcast

to the MS by the network in the system information

messages.

0 or 1

channel_reconfiguration_swit

ch

The channel_reconfiguration_switch parameter enables

and disables dynamic

channel reconfiguration (reassignment) of traffic

channels to Standalone Dedicated

Control Channels (SDCCHs).

The Cell Resource Manager (CRM) may attempt to

reconfigure an idle TCH into an

SDCCH if a high proportion of SDCCHs are in use and

additional SDCCH requests are

received. The reconfiguration process continues until

the number of idle SDCCHs

reaches the sdcch_need_high_water_mark value.

The reconfiguration process stops when the number of

idle TCHs goes below the

tch_full_need_low_water_mark value or when the total

number of SDCCHs configured

reaches the max_number_of sdcchs value.

0 or 1

dl_dtx_voice_data

The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter specifies the option

for downlink discontinuous

transmission (DTX) for speech and voice.

0 to 3

dpc

The dpc parameter specifies the Destination Point

Code (DPC). The range of values

depends on the setting of the ss7_mode parameter.

The system checks the value of the opc and ss7_mode

variables and compares them to

the value for ss7_mode. If the ranges are not

compatible, the system rejects the

changes and displays the following message:

COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc

equals dpc, communication with MSC is

impossible.

0 to

16383 If

ss7_mod

e = 0

(CCITT)

0 to

16777215

If

ss7_mod

e =1

(Bellcore)

dr_allowedThe dr_allowed parameter enables or disables the

Directed Retry option.0 or 1

dr_chan_mode_modify

The dr_chan_mode_modify parameter determines if

the channel mode modify

procedure will follow a successful handover of a Phase

1 MS in which the channel mode

changed to full rate speech. The BSS reads this

parameter only in the case of a

successful handover in which the channel mode

changed, the MS is Phase 1, and the

new channel mode is full rate speech.

Changing the channel mode during a handover occurs

only during a Directed Retry

procedure. For this to occur, either an external Directed

Retry handover has successfully

completed to this BSS or an intra-BSS Directed Retry

handover has successfully

completed and either the database parameter

dr_standard_congest or

dr_ho_during_assign is enabled in the source cell.

0 or 1

dr_preferenceThe dr_preference parameter enables or disables the

Directed Retry procedures.0 or 1

dr_standard_congest

The dr_standard_congest parameter enables or

disables the standard Directed Retry

congestion procedure is enabled in the cell. The

procedure initiates a handover if

possible for a call needing a TCH in the case of

congestion.

This parameter will be copied if the copy_cell command

is used.

0 or 1

dtx_required

The dtx_required parameter specifies the MS capability

to use discontinuous

transmission (DTX). Enabling this feature helps to

reduce interference and prolong

battery life.

0 to 2

egsm_bcch_sd

The egsm_bcch_sd parameter specifies whether or not

the cell is configured for both

BCCH carriers and the placement of SDCCH channels

for the Extended GSM (EGSM)

cell.

0 or 1

0

Disabled

1 Enabled

ext_range_cell

The ext_range_cell parameter enables or disables the

Extended Range Cell feature at a

Cell.

0 to 2

0

Extended

Range

disabled

for the cell

1

Extended

Range is

enabled

as a

boundary

cell

2

Extended

Range is

enabled

as an

isolated

cell (rural

area)

frequency_typeThe frequency_type parameter specifies the frequency

type of a cell.

1 pgsm

2 egsm

4 dcs1800

8 pcs1900

gsm_cell_id_format

The gsm_cell_id_format parameter specifies the format

of the GSM Cell Identification

sent by the Call Processor (CP) to the switch.

0 to 2

layer_number

The layer_number parameter specifies the serving cell

as being a macrocell, microcell,

or picocell.

When an RXQUAL handover condition exists, the

system attempts to handover a call in

the microcell layer to another cell in the microcell layer.

This parameter specifies the layer for a cell.

0 to 2

max_number_of_sdcchs

The max_number_of_sdcchs parameter specifies the

maximum number (limit) of

SDCCHs that may be reached with the reconfiguration

process. It determines the

maximum limit of the SDCCHs that the CRM will

maintain.

0 to 48

max_q_length_full_rate_cha

nnel

The max_q_length_full_rate_channel parameter

specifies the maximum number of

MSs that may wait in queue for a full rate channel

assignment.

If an idle traffic channel is not available at the channel

assignment instant, the network

may place the traffic channel request in queue.

If the queue length is 0, queuing is not allowed.

0 to 50

max_q_length_sdcch

The max_q_length_sdcch parameter specifies the

maximum length of the queue for

Stand-alone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH)

requests.

0 to 50

max_retran

The max_retran parameter specifies the maximum

channel request retransmission value

for MSs. After a channel request is initiated, T3120

(timer) begins; if the number of

retransmissions does not exceed the maximum

retransmissions received on the BCCH,

the channel request message is repeated. The

maximum retransmission value may also

be defined for the cell reselection.

0 to 3

max_tx_bts

The max_tx_bts parameter specifies the maximum

output power for a BTS within its

power class. This can be used to establish a cell

boundary. A BTS is capable of

reducing its power in a range of 21 steps of 2 dBm per

step.

0 to 21

max_tx_ms

The max_tx_ms parameter specifies the maximum MS

(Mobile Subscriber) output

power. Regardless of the power class of the MS, the

MS is not told to use a higher

output power.

The value should be chosen to balance the up and

down links in a cell.

This parameter is also used in the power budget

calculation.

5 to 39

PGSM

and

EGSM

(Odd

values

only)

0 to 36

DCS1800

(Even

values

only)

0 to 32,33

PCS1900

(Even

values

only and

value 33)

mb_tch_congest_thres

The mb_tch_congest_thres parameter specifies the

level of overall TCH utilization by

any MS in a given Cell, at which a MultiBand MS is

redirected to the preferred band (as

set by band_preference). The parameter is expressed

as a percentage.

1 to 101

ms_txpwr_max_cell

The ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter specifies the

maximum MS transmit power in each

neighbour cell.

5 to 39

(Odd

values

only)

PGSM

and

EGSM

0 to 36

(Even

values

only)

DCS1800

0 to 32,

33 (Even

values

only and

value 33)

PCS1900

ms_txpwr_max_def

The ms_txpwr_max_def parameter specifies the

default value for the

ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter.

5 to 39

(Odd

values

only)

PGSM

and

EGSM

0 to 36

(Even

values

only)

DCS1800

0 to 32,

33 (Even

values

only and

value 33)

PCS1900

multiband_reporting

The multiband_reporting parameter specifies the

number of cells of each supported

band the system includes in the MS Measurement

Report.

0 to 3

ncc_of_plmn_allowed

The ncc_of_plmn_allowed parameter is a bit mapped

value which specifies which

Network Colour Codes (NCCs) are allowed on specific

broadcast control channels

(BCCH carriers).

0 to 255

neighbor_journal

The neighbor_journal parameter enables or disables

neighbour journaling.

If journaling is enabled:

There is no warm up period for neighbours. All

neighbor information is padded

with 0‟s. Averaging and power budget calculations will

begin immediately.

If a previously reported neighbor is missing in the

measurement report, a 0 rxlev is

used for the neighbor.

If journaling is disabled:

There is a warmup period of the surround cell hreqave

before power budget

calculations begin.

The last received rxlev for the unreported neighbor is

used.

0 or 1

num_audit_retries

The num_audit_retries parameter specifies the number

of times CP processes audit

each other with regard to a particular connection. If an

audit fails, it repeats up to the

value specified by num_audit_retries, before a

particular call is cleared by the auditing

process.

This parameter provides a means of differentiating

between glitches on a link and a

complete link failure.

0 to 5

num_emerg_access

The num_emerg_access parameter enables or

disables the collection of statistics in

relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to

allow an emergency call to take

the specified GSM Cell.


off

on

num_emerg_rejected

The num_emerg_rejected parameter enables or


relation to the number of emergency calls rejected

because of a lack of resources for the

selected GSM Cell.


off

on

num_emerg_tch_kill

The num_emerg_tch_kill parameter enables or


relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to

allow an emergency call to the

channel on the specified GSM cell.


off

on

num_emerg_term_sdcch

The num_emerg_term_sdcch parameter enables or

disables the collection of statistics

in relation to the number of emergency calls that are

terminated after being allocated a

SDCCH but could not be allocated a TCH for the

specified GSM cell.


off

on

number_sdcchs_preferred

The number_sdcchs_preferred parameter specifies the

preferred number of

Standalone Dedicated Control Channels (SDCCHs)

that the reconfiguration algorithm

tries to maintain.

When channel reconfiguration is enabled, the CRM

attempts to maintain the preferred

number of SDCCHs for Immediate Assignments.

The reconfiguration either of consist idle TCHs being

converted to SDCCHs or free

SDCCHs being converted to TCHs.

4 to 44

8 to 48

opc

The opc parameter specifies the Originating Point Code

(OPC). The values for the OPC

are stored as a 14-bit binary code.

If the opc parameter is set to equal the dpc, the system

issues a warning:

COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc

equals dpc, communication with MSC is

impossible.

0 to

16383

0 to

16777215

pwrc

The pwrc parameter specifies whether or not the

Broadcast Control Channels (BCCH)

measurement are included in the averaged value of

hopping frequencies.

0 or 1

queue_management_inform

ation

This parameter specifies the maximum number of MSs

that may wait in a queue for

channel assignment. A value of 0 indicates that

queueing is not allowed.

0 to 50

rach_load_period

The rach_load_period parameter specifies the number

of TDMA multiframes between

successive calculations of the RACH load during the

non-overload conditions.

1 to 1020

rach_load_threshold

The rach_load_threshold parameter specifies the

threshold for RACH load. If the

calculated RACH load exceeds this threshold, an

overload condition is signalled and an

access class is barred at the cell where the overload is

occurring.

If the RACH load exceeds rach_load_threshold, an

overload indication is sent to Call

Processing which may result in an access class being

barred. The RACH load may be

0 to 1000

rach_load_typeThe rach_load_type parameter specifies the RACH

loading calculation method.0 or 1

report_resource_tch_f_high_

water_mark

The report_resource_tch_f_high_water_mark

parameter specifies the high need

threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the

resource indication procedure. When

the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs falls below

this threshold, the internal

resource indication timer starts and the resource

indication message is sent to the MSC.

That is, the Resource Request message received from

the MSC is indicating a

spontaneous mode.

0 to 254

report_resource_tch_f_low_

water_mark

The report_resource_tch_f_low_water_mark parameter

specifies the low need

threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the

resource indication procedure. When

the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs rises

above this threshold, the internal

resource indication timer stops (if it is running). That is,

the Resource Request message

received from the MSC is indicating a spontaneous

mode.

1 to 255

rf_res_ind_period

The rf_res_ind_period parameter specifies the RF

resource indication period. During

this period, the idle channel is categorized. The idle

channel categories are reported to

the CRM by the RSS. The idle channel categories are:

X1, X2, X3, X4, and X5.

1 to 127

rxlev_access_min

The rxlev_access_min parameter specifies the

minimum received signal level (dBm)

required for an MS to access the system.

The range –110 dBm to –47 dBm is used to set the

minimum received signal level which

in turn is used in path loss criterion parameter, C1. This

should be set to a value

corresponding to a signal level at which a call can be

maintained in a particular

environment.

0 to 63

rxlev_min_defThe rxlev_min_def parameter specifies the default

value for rxlev_min_cell.0 to 63

sdcch_need_high_water_ma

rk

The sdcch_need_high_water_mark parameter

specifies the number of idle SDCCHs to

trigger reconfiguration of traffic channels to SDCCHs.

If dynamic reconfiguration is enabled and the total

number of idle SDCCHs is less than

the value of the sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the

CRM tries to reconfigure TCHs in

order to make more SDCCHs. The total number of

SDCCHs can not exceed the value of

the max_number_of_sdcchs parameter.

1 to 39

sdcch_need_low_water_mar

k

The sdcch_need_low_water_mark parameter specifies

the number of idle SDCCHs to

trigger reconfiguration of SDCCHs (from previous TCH

to SDCCH reconfigurations) back

to TCHs.

When dynamic channel reconfiguration is enabled, and

when the number of idle

SDCCHs available at a point in time goes above this

value, reconfiguration of SDCCHs

to TCHs is triggered as long as the total number of

SDCCHs after reconfiguration would

stay above the number_sdcchs_preferred value.

10 to 48

sdcch_tch_band_reassign_d

elay

The sdcch_tch_band_reassign_delay parameter

specifies the number of

measurement report periods that the RSS waits before

responding to CRM if the MS

does not report any preferred band neighbour.

This parameter applies to multiband MSs only.

Use of this parameter may cause a delay in call setup

of up to two seconds.

0 to 4

second_asgnmnt

The second_asgnmnt parameter enables or disables

the Second Assignment

procedure. With this parameter enabled, the RRSM

initiates a second assignment

procedure if it receives an assignment failure from the

MS for the first assignment. In

situations where first TCH assignment fails and the MS

successfully recovers to the

SDCCH, this parameter enables a second TCH

assignment attempt.

0 or 1

sms_dl_allowed

The sms_dl_allowed parameter enables or disables

downlink (MS terminated) Short


0 or 1

sms_tch_chan

The sms_tch_chan parameter specifies the logical

radio channel for the Short Message

Service (SMS) transfer in the event of a call being

present on a traffic channel. The

FACCH is tried first, and if this fails, the SACCH is

used. If the current radio channel is

an SDCCH, the SDCCH will be used.

0 to 2

sms_ul_allowed

The sms_ul_allowed parameter enables or disables

uplink (MS originated) Short


0 or 1

surround_cell

The surround_cell parameter specifies the averaging

parameter for a serving cell‟s

neighbour cells. The system uses this parameter to

determine which neighbour cell to

hand off to.

The chg_act_alg_data surround_cell command is used

to modify the value of this

parameter.

0 to 255

tch_full_need_low_water_ma

rk

The tch_full_need_low_water_mark parameter

specifies the low need water mark used

by the Cell Resource Manager (CRM) to determine the

need for reconfiguration of full

rate traffic channels (TCHs) to SDCCHs.

This parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHs

the system attempts to maintain

when dynamic reconfiguration is enabled.

If the total number of idle SDCCHs falls below the value

of the

sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the CRM tries to

reconfigure TCHs in order to make

more SDCCHs. For a TCH to be reconfigured, the

number of TCHs must be greater

than the value of the tch_full_need_low_water_mark

parameter.

0 to 255

threshold

The threshold parameter specifies the number of times

that the Cell Resource Manager

(CRM) attempts to assign a Signalling Connection

Control Part (SCCP) number before

rejecting the request.

0 to 255

timing_advance_period

The timing_advance_period parameter specifies the

interval between timing advance

changes.

The interval should be greater than or equal to (n8 – p8

+ 1) x hreqavex/2.

Where:

x equals:





n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny where

y is a value from 1 to 4.

p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py where

y is a value from 1 to 4.

hreqave is the number of measurements from the MS

that are used in calculating

one average.

0 to 31

ts_alloc_flag

The ts_alloc_flag parameter alters the E1/T1 timeslot

allocation on links that are

adjacent to a ts_switch (pseudo site).

This parameter is only used when RSL or RTF devices

are equipped.

Changing this parameter does not alter the timeslot

mapping of RSLs and RTFs that are

already equipped; it affects the way timeslots are

allocated for subsequently equipped

devices.

0 or 1

tsc_update_method

The tsc_update_method parameter specifies the

method for updating timeslots when

the BSIC is changed. The available methods are:

Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots.

Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier.

Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell.

0 to 2

use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave

The use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave parameter indicates

whether the per cell or per

neighbour hreqave will be used for the pbgt>ho_margin

trigger assignment.

0 or 1

wait_indication_parameters

The wait_indication_parameters parameter specifies

the MS timer (T3122).

For an MS origination with no channel available, the MS

is sent an IMMEDIATE

ASSIGNMENT REJECT message in an

unacknowledged mode on the CCCH. The

message contains the request reference and a wait

indication. The MS does not make a

new request in the same cell until the timer expires.

0 to 255

Value descriptionDefault

value

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 Reinitialization disabled

1 Reinitialization enabled0

The range of values depends on the value of the ccch_conf

parameter:



0

Hex = 00h to 3Fh

Decimal = 0 to 63

See the tables “Base Station Identity Code Hexadecimal

Values” and “Base Station Identity Code Decimal Values”

tables.

NONE

NONE

0, 1, 2, 4, and 6

1 to 1020 40

0 to ffffh 0

0 Cell is not barred

1 Cell is barred0

0 Normal priority cell

1 Low priority cell0

Represents the signal level differences as shown below:

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

3 6 dB

4 8 dB

5 10 dB

6 12 dB

7 14 Db

NONE

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

.

.

.

63 126 dB

0

0 Do not broadcast cell reselection parameters on

the BCCH of the cell

1 Broadcast cell reselection parameters on the

BCCH of the cell

0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 DTX enabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data

1 DTX disabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data

2 DTX disabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data

3 DTX enabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data

0


0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode =1 (Bellcore)NONE

0 Disabled

1 Enabled1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 Permitted (MS may use DTX)

1 Required (MS must use DTX)

2 Disallowed (MS must not use DTX)

2

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0

0 to 2



2 Extended Range is enabled as an isolated cell

(rural area)

0

1 pgsm

2 egsm

4 dcs1800

8 pcs1900

NONE

0 Whole Cell Global Identification (CGI)

1 Location Area Code (LAC), and Cell Identity (CI)

2 Cell Identity (CI)

1

0 Macrocell

1 Microcell

2 Picocell

0

Valid values depend on the value of ccch_conf.

If ccch_conf = 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with an

offset of 4 (such as 0, 4, 12,...,44).

If ccch_conf 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with

an offset of 0 (such as 0, 8, 16,...48).

NONE

0

NONE

0 Maximum [1] retransmission




NONE

0




(The value 101 indicates there are no resources left

to allocate).

100 (The

value 100

indicates

an

attempt to

use the

last

resource).




None




None

0 Normal reporting of the six strongest neighbour cells with

known and allowed NCC part of the BSIC, irrespective of the

band used.

1 Report the strongest neighbour cell, with known and allowed

NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the

neighbour cell list, excluding the frequency band of the serving

cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall

be used for reporting Cells in the band of the serving Cell. Any

still remaining positions will be used to report the next

strongest identified neighbours in other bands irrespective of

the band used.

2 Report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC







used.

3 Report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed

NCC







used.

0

The following table is a representation of the bit mapping of the

ncc_of_plmn_allowed

parameter. When a bit is set to 1, the corresponding NCC will

be allowed. When a bit is

set to 0, the corresponding NCC will not be allowed.

255

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

1

off Disabled

on Enabledoff

off Disabled

on Enabledoff

off Disabled

on Enabledoff

off Disabled

on Enabledoff





4 if

ccch_conf

equals 1;

8 if

ccch_conf

not equal

to 1

0 to 16383 If ss7_mode = 0 (ITU-TSS)

0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)NONE

0 Include BCCH measurement

1 Do not include BCCH measurement1

50

16

1000

(Disables

flow

control)

0 Percentage of RACH opportunities used

1 Percentage of total RACHs which are incorrect

(collisions)

NONE

2

12

10

Represents dBm as shown below:

0 -110 dBm and lower

1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.

63 -47 dBm and higher

0

15

2

12

0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 BSS_ALGORITHM

1 FACCH always used

2 SACCH always used

2

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

NONE

255

7

Mapped to SACCH multiframes




.

.

.


4

0 Use existing algorithm

1 Use new algorithm0

0 Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots

1 Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier

2 Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell

0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

5


OMC-R GUI

none YES

NONE YES

ccch_conf YES

NONE YES


is unrestricted.

A BVCI cannot be modified if gprs_enabled is set for

the cell.

YES

If ccch_conf = 0, 2, 4, or 6, values for the following

parameters must meet specific criteria:


multiples of 8 with no offset (divisible by

8) (that is, 0, 8, 16,...,48)

– number_sdcchs_preferred must be


sdcch_need_low_water_mark.


be divisible by 8.

– max_number_of_sdcchs must be

divisible by 8.


If ccch_conf = 1, values for the following parameters

must meet specific criteria:


multiples of 8, with an offset of 4 (that is,

0,4,12,...,44 )


be a multiple of 8 (+4).

– max_number_of_sdcchs must be a

multiple of 8 (+4).


Enabling of CBCH is not permitted (cbch-enabled =

1) if no AGCH is reserved in a non-combined cell

(bs-ag-blks-res = 0 and ccch-conf is other than 1).

This parameter can be used with the GPRS feature

unrestricted as follows:


for a BCCH carrier.


for a BCCH carrier.

– Set to 2, six PDCHs are supported for a

BCCH carrier.

– Set to 4, five PDCHs are supported for a

BCCH carrier.

– Set to 6, four PDCHs are supported for

a BCCH carrier.

The GPRS timeslots on the GPRS carrier must have

YES

This parameter must be greater than or equal to the

rach_load_period.YES

cell_bar_access_switch YES

NONE YES

This parameter cannot be changed if the

cell_reselect_param_ind parameter does not equal

1.

YES

C1 (path loss criterion) YES

This parameter may not be changed if the

cell_reselect_parm_ind parameter is not equal to 1.YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter affects speech

only if dnlk_vad_dtx is enabled.NO

This parameter is only valid at the BSC (location = 0). YES


either the Directed Retry option is available,

and

the neighbour is placed on the SACCH list

and

the neighbour is external.

YES


This parameter can be changed only at the BSC.YES

dr_standard_congest

dr_ho_during_assign



YES

Requires the Directed Retry option. Directed Retry

must be on.

dr_preference must 0







retry is supported within the BSS (not across the



YES

NONE YES

The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be disabled only

if:

The BCCH carrier is not in the GSM Extension

band.

The sd_load parameter is 0 for all carriers in

the Cell.

If the hopping systems (both enabled and

disabled) do not contain a combination of

PGSM and GSM extension band frequencies.

If the neighbour BCCH frequencies are not in

the GSM extension band.

The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be enabled only

if the cell is an EGSM frequency cell.

YES

The ext_range_cell parameter cannot be changed if

the Extended Range Cells feature is restricted.

The number of extended range timeslots on the

BCCH RTF must support the BCCH, CCCH, and

SDCCH channels as these channels are always

extended.

ms_max_range must be less than or equal to 63 for

a normal range cell. If ext_range_cell is enabled,

the maximum value of ms_max_range increases to

219.

max_number_sdcchs must be less than or equal to

20 when Extended Range is enabled.

Baseband hopping systems can only be configured

among timeslots of the same type, such as extended

or normal.

If frequency hopping systems is enabled in an

Extended Range Cell, all frequency hopping

indicators for the timeslots in the BCCH carrier

should be set to “255” (in hexadecimal, 0xff).

This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS,

M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro sites.

YES


feature is not enabled, the frequency_type for every

cabinet and cell at a site must be the same.


feature is enabled, but the Infrastructure Sharing

Heterogeneous feature is disabled, the cells at a site

must have the same single frequency type as the

cabinet they correlate to. However, the cabinets at

the site may be of different frequency types

If both the Infrastructure Sharing Homogeneous

Cabinet feature and the Infrastructure Sharing

Heterogeneous feature are enabled, the cells at a

site may have different frequency types and cabinets

may support multiple frequency types. However, the

cell frequency must be supported by the cabinet the

cell is correlated to.

If inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells,

the following two dependencies are enforced: (1) if

secondary_freq_type is set to EGSM or PGSM, the

frequency_type may be set only to DCS 1800; (2) if

secondary_freq_type is DCS 1800,

frequency_type may be set only to PGSM or

EGSM.

Cell and cabinet frequency types must be allowed at

the BSS as per the freq_types_allowed command.

YES

This parameter can be set only at the BSC. YES

The Microcellular feature must be unrestricted. YES

For combined channel configurations, the values can

be 4, 12, 20, 28 SDs

For non-combined channel configurations, the values

can be 8, 16, 24, 32 SDs

YES




YES




YES

NONE YES

frequency_type YES

The range and default values of

mstxpwr_max_inner depends on this parameter. If

the range or default value of max_tx_ms changes,

mstxpwr_max_inner must also be updated, to a

value less than or equal to max_ts_ms.

YES

The parameter can be set only if

S the Congestion Relief feature is unrestricted

(ho_exist_congest element must be

enabled).

S mb_preference element must be enabled.

S band_preference_mode must be set to 6

(the mode which triggers when a Cell is

congested).

S mb_tch_congest_thres must be less than

or equal to tch_congest_prevent_thres.

YES

ms_txpwr_max_def YES

ms_txpwr_max_cell YES

The Multiband Intercell Handover feature must be

enabled.YES

0 to 255 (or 0 to FFh in Hex) YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

NONE NO

NONE NO

NONE NO

NONE NO

The value of this parameter must be less than or

equal to the max_number_of_sdcchs.

The valid range for this parameter depends on the

value of ccch_conf.

YES

The value of opc depends on the values of

ss7_mode .


YES

NONE YES

The sum of (max_q_length_full_rate_channel +

max_q_length_sdcch) must be less than or equal to


YES

This parameter must be less than or equal to

ccch_load_period.YES


parameter is (# correct RACH accesses/# incorrect

RACH accesses).


parameter is (# correct RACH access/# possible

RACH accesses).

YES

NONE YES

Must be less than

report_resource_tch_f_low_water_markYES

Must be greater than

report_resource_tch_f_high_water_markYES

NONE YES

NONE YES



1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

The Multiband Intercell Handover feature must be

unrestricted.YES

This parameter applies only to the BSC. YES


The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. NO


decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

hreqave, n8, p8 YES

This parameter cannot be altered unless the

Aggregate Abis feature is enabled.


YES

No RTFs are equipped (tsc_update_method must

first be set before RTFs can be equipped in the

script). Equip RTF verifies the TSC values based on

this setting.


YES

NONE YES

NONE YES


adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual

The adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual parameter specifies whether the

system uses

alternative trigger values for adaptive quality handovers for a cell

which is frequency

hopping.If adaptive handovers are enabled for rxqual, this

parameter enables the use of the

hopping thresholds for calls that are frequency hopping.

adap_ho_pbgt

The adap_ho_pbgt parameter specifies whether the system allows

adaptive power

budget handovers. The cumulative area for the adaptive power

budget handovers can

be defined as “per cell” or “per neighbor”.

At each measurement report, the cumulative area are updated and

compared to a

cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the cumulative power

budget (pbgt) trigger

a need for a handover is recognized.

adap_ho_rxlev

The adap_ho_rxlev parameter specifies whether the system allows

adaptive receive

level handovers.

At each measurement report the cumulative area are updated and

compared to a


adaptive receive level

(rxlev) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.

adap_ho_rxqual

The adap_ho_rx_qual parameter specifies whether the system

allows adaptive quality

handovers.

At each measurement report the cumulative area is updated and

compared to a


adaptive quality

(rxqual) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.

adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl

The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the trigger

threshold for downlink

rxqual for calls which are frequency hopping.

adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul

The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the trigger

threshold for uplink

rxqual for calls which are frequency hopping.

adap_trigger_pbgt

The adap_trigger_pbgt parameter specifies the cumulative trigger

level for adaptive

power budget handovers.

When the threshold set by adap_trigger_pbgt is exceeded, the

system triggers a

handover to a better cell.

adap_trigger_rxlev_dl

The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for

adaptive receive level downlink handovers.

When the threshold set by this parameter is exceeded, the system

performs a downlink

strength handover.

adap_trigger_rxlev_ul

The adap_trigger_rxlev_ul parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for adaptive

receive level uplink handovers.


performs an uplink

strength handover.

adap_trigger_rxqual_dl

The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for adaptive rxqual downlink handovers. When the

threshold set by this parameter is exceeded, the system performs a

downlink quality handover.

adap_trigger_rxqual_ul

The adap_trigger_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for

adaptive rxqual uplink handovers.


performs an uplink

quality handover.

adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr

The adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for the

adaptive handover power budget algorithm.

When the threshold is set by adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr is exceeded,

the system triggers a

handover to a better cell.

band_preference

The band_preference parameter displays the frequency bands that

the cell prefers to

use for handovers and specifies the destination frequency band for

intercell handovers.

band_preference_mode

The band_preference_mode parameter specifies the method the

system uses to

program a MultiBand MS with the preferred frequency band for a

given cell in the BSS.

bounce_protect_margin

The bounce_protect_margin parameter, in conjunction with the

ho_margin_cell

parameter, specifies the level by which a target cell must exceed the

serving cell.

This parameter prevents continuous handover bouncing between

cells due to RXQUAL

level and congestion reasons.

coincident_cell

The coincident_cell parameter specifies the cell that is coincident to

the cell specified in

the chg_cell_element coincident_mb prompt or the disp_cell

command.

coincident_mb

The coincident_mb parameter specifies the ability of a BTS to

execute the Coincident

MultiBand Handover option.

coincident_offset

The coincident_offset parameter enables and disables the

configuration of an additional

offset to the ho_margin value between a cell and its coincident cell.

The system uses

the coincident_offset value when a handover from a MultiBand MS

is based on the

receive level for the serving cell.

congest_ho_margin

The congest_ho_margin parameter specifies the margin of a

congestion handover. To

make it easier to handover to this neighbour in the case of

congestion in the current cell,

this parameter value should be less that the value of the handover

margin(s).

To disable congestion handovers to this neighbour, set the

congestion handover margin

to the maximum value.


This parameter specifies the bin number containing the

measurement averaging

algorithm data used to make the handover decisions for downlink

signal strength.

This parameter may not be changed to a bin which does not contain

valid handover

algorithm data.




algorithm data used to make handover decisions for downlink signal

interference.


valid handover data.

decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p



algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to

downlink signal strength.


valid power control

data.

decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_h



algorithm data used to generate handover decisions due to downlink

receive quality

(rxqual).



decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p



algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to

downlink receive quality

(rxqual).


valid power control

data.


These parameters specify N1 and P1 in the decision algorithm used

in the BSS.

N1 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process

used in decisions to

increase uplink and downlink power. P1 is the number of samples in

the processed

measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in

place. If a least P1

averages out of N1 averages are lower than RSS handover

threshold l_rxlev_ul_p

(uplink) or RSS handover threshold l_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the

corresponding uplink or

downlink power must be increased.



in the BSS.



decrease uplink and downlink power. P2 is the number of samples

in the processed


place. If at least P2

averages out of N2 averages are greater than RSS handover

threshold u_rxlev_ul_p

(uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the

corresponding uplink or

downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be decreased.



in the BSS.



increase uplink and downlink power. P3 is the number of samples in

the processed



averages out of N3 averages are greater (worse quality) than RSS

handover threshold

l_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold l_rxqual_dl_p

(downlink), the

corresponding uplink or downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be

increased.



in the BSS.



decrease uplink and downlink power. P4 is the number of samples

in the processed



averages out of N4 averages are lower (better quality) than RSS

handover threshold

u_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxqual_dl_p

(downlink), the

corresponding uplink or downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be

decreased.



in the BSS.


used in handover

decisions. P5 is the number of samples in the processed

measurement (process)

relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P5 averages

out of N5 averages

are lower than RSS handover threshold l_rxlev_ul_h (uplink) or RSS

handover threshold

l_rxlev_dl_h (downlink), a handover might be required.



in the BSS.


used in handover

decisions. P6 is the number of samples in the processed

measurement (process)

relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P6 averages

out of N6 averages

are greater (worse quality) than RSS handover threshold

l_rxqual_ul_h (uplink) or RSS

handover threshold l_rxqual_dl_h (downlink), a handover may be

needed.



in the BSS.

N7 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process.

P7 is the number of

samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the

(averaging) algorithm in

place.

If at least P7 averages out of N7 averages are greater than RSS

handover threshold

u_rxlev_ul_ih (uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxlev_dl_ih

(downlink), an internal

handover might be required if rxqual_ul/dl is also greater than

l_rxqual_ul/dl_h.



in the BSS.

N8 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process.

P8 is the number of

samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the

(averaging) algorithm in

place.

If at least P8 averages out of N8 averages are greater than RSS

handover threshold

ms_range_max, a handover might be required due to distance.

decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc

The decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc parameter specifies which

bin is used in the

surround_cell parameter for the purposes of candidate ordering.

Therefore, it also

specifies the hreqave value to use.




The decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies which bin is

used for the

rxlev_dl_ho and surround_cell parameters for the purposes of

making a Better Cell

power budget (pbgt) handover decision.


valid power control

data.

decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg

The decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg parameter specifies the bin

number containing the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to make handover

decisions due to

distance.



decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h

The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies the bin number

containing the


decisions due to uplink

signal strength.




The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih parameter specifies the bin number

containing the


decisions due to uplink

signal interference.



decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p

The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p parameter specifies the bin number

containing the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power

control changes due to

uplink signal strength.


valid power control

data.

decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h

The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h parameter specifies the bin number

containing the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate handover

decisions due to

uplink signal quality.



decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p

The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p parameter specifies the bin number

containing the

measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power

control changes due to

uplink receive quality.


valid power control

data.

disuse_cnt_hreqave

If the disuse_cnt_hreqave parameter is enabled, neighbour cells

with a disuse count

less than or equal to the maximum disuse count are still valid

candidates for handovers.

Disuse count is the number of consecutive measurement reports a

previously reported

neighbour is not reported by the mobile station. If the neighbor is

reported before the

maximum disuse count is reached, the disuse count is reset to 0.

If enabled, the maximum disuse count is defined by the surrounding

cell hreqave.

dl_rxlev_ho_allowed

The dl_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a handover

due to downlink


dl_rxqual_ho_allowed

The dl_rxqual_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a

handover due to downlink


egsm_handover_threshold

The egsm_handover_threshold parameter specifies the range of

interference bands

allowed for handing over an extended GSM MS using a primary

resource which is

needed by a primary MS. Allowed interference bands are those

above or meeting a

specified threshold, which are considered best quality resources.

Forced handovers may

be disallowed by disabling the egsm_handover_threshold

parameter.

en_incom_ho

The en_incom_ho parameter enables or disables incoming

handovers based on

whether or not the cell is barred.

erc_ta_priority

The erc_ta_priority parameter specifies the priority threshold for

extended range cell

neighbour. If the absolute timing advance is greater than the priority

threshold, the ERC

neighbours are placed at the top of the list of sorted handover

candidates. Otherwise,

the ERC neighbours are appended to the end of the list of

candidates.

handover_power_level

The handover_power_level parameter defines the power control

level to be used by an

MS during a handover to a different cell.

handover_required_curr_ch

The handover_required_curr_ch parameter specifies whether or not

the optional

message element current channel is included in the Handover

Required message to the

MSC.

This parameter should conform to the MSC capabilities.


handover_required_reject_switch

The handover_required_reject_switch parameter disables or

enables the delivery of a

handover required reject message from the MSC to the source BSS

in the event that a

target cannot be found for a requested handover.

This parameter only applies to the BSC (location = 0).

If the handover_required_reject_switch is enabled (set to “1”), the

BSS expects to

receive a “handover required reject” message from the switch. Any

internal cells

that are candidates for the handover will not be included in the

“Handover

Required” message. On receipt of the “Handover Required Reject”

message the

BSS will perform an internal handover if there are valid candidates.

If the handover_required_reject_switch is disabled (set to “0”), the

BSS will not

expect to receive a “Handover Required Reject” message from the

switch and will

include internal candidates in the “Ho Required” message.

handover_required_sp_ver_used

The handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter determines

whether the optional

element speech_version_used can be built into the Handover

Required message.

ho_exist_congest

The ho_exist_congest parameter specifies how to handle existing

calls on a TCH when

an MS needs a TCH and none are available in that cell.

The options are: (a) to attempt to handover as many calls as the

number of queued

assignment requests, (b) to attempt to handover as many calls as

meet the congestion

handover criteria, and (c) no handover attempts (for this condition).


ho_margin_def

The ho_margin_def parameter sets the default value for the

neighbour handover margin

(ho_margin_cell) attribute of the source cell. The neighbour

handover margin is set using

the add_neighbor command and changed using the

modify_neighbor command.

The handover margin is the amount by which the neighbouring cell

received signal

strength must exceed the source cell received signal to request a

handover.

In the context of the power budget process, the following equation

must be true: If

PBGT(n) > ho_margin(n) then a handover may be required.

ho_margin_type5The ho_margin_type5 parameter sets the power budget type 5

handover margin.

ho_margin_usage_flag

The ho_margin_usage_flag parameter determines which sorting

algorithm the system

uses to sort the neighbour list.

If ho_margin_usage_flag is disabled, handover candidates are

always sorted

using ho_margin_cell.

If ho_margin_usage_flag is enabled:

– Handover candidates for RXLEV handovers are sorted using

ho_margin_rxlev [n].

– Handover candidates for RXQUAL handovers are sorted using

ho_margin_rxqual [n].

– All other handover causes have neighbours are sorted using

ho_margin_cell value.

ho_only_max_pwr

The ho_only_max_pwr parameter specifies whether the MS or the

BTS must be at full

power before an rxlev or rxqual handover can take place.

If this option is enabled:

The MS must be at full power for an uplink handover.

The BTS must be at full power for a downlink handover.

If ho_only_max_pwr is enabled, the system also removes all

candidates for interference

handovers until the mobile/base is at full power.

ho_pwr_level_inner

The ho_pwr_level_inner parameter specifies the handover power

level for the inner

zone of a Dual Band cell. The valid range for this parameter

depends on the frequency

of the inner zone.

hop_count

The hop_count parameter, combined with the hop_count_timer

parameter, limits the

number of intracell interference handovers for a call.

The hop_count parameter sets the number of handovers. If the

number of handovers

defined by the hop_count parameter occur within the time set by the

hop_count_timer,

the system escalates the handover to a RXQUAL handover to

another cell.

hop_qual_enabled

The hop_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables the use of

specific rxqual

thresholds for hopping call handovers.

Trials have shown that non-hopping calls can show poor quality of

service when the

reported rxqual value is around 5, whereas hopping calls can

provide the same quality of

service with the reported rxqual value at 6 or 7.

If hop_qual_enabled is enabled and a hopping call is in progress,

the system uses the

rxqual values set with the chg_cell_element command (see Syntax

below).

If hop_qual_enabled is disabled, the normal rxqual values set with

the add_cell

command are used.

hopping_support

The hopping_support parameter defines the frequency hopping in a

cell. Two methods

of achieving frequency hopping are available.

hopping_systems_enabled

The hopping_systems_enabled parameter enables or disables a

frequency hopping

system.

An index number (fhi) is required. The frequency hopping indicator

(fhi) value specifies

which hopping system is affected. The range of values, entered as

<index> is 0 – 3.

hopping_systems_hsn

The hopping_systems_hsn parameter specifies the hopping

sequence (generator)

number (HSN) to be used by the frequency hopping system. HSN is

one of seven

parameters that defines a particular physical channel in a BTS.

hopping_systems_mobile_alloc

The hopping_systems_mobile_alloc parameter allocates the

Absolute Radio

Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) frequencies for hopping

(either baseband hopping

or synthesizer hopping).

inter_cell_handover_allowed

The inter_cell_handover_allowed parameter specifies how internal

and external

intercell handovers are managed at the BSC.

Internal intercell handovers are defined as handovers between cells

in the same BSS.

External intercell handovers are defined as handovers between cells

in different BSSs.

interband_ho_allowedThe interband_ho_allowed parameter specifies the handover

frequencies for a cell.

interfer_ho_allowed

The interfer_ho_allowed parameter disables or enables handovers

due to interference.

If this parameter is disabled, interference causes an intercell

RXQUAL handover instead

of an intracell handover.

intra_cell_handover_allowed

This parameter disables or enables intracell handovers under two

conditions: to begin the

handover or to begin the handover when co-channel interference is

suspected. Intracell

handovers are defined as handovers within the same cell.

BSS support is optional. If the BSS does not support an internal

intracell handover, it is

initiated by sending a Handover Required message.

l_rxlev_dl_h

The l_rxlev_dl_h parameter specifies the handover thresholds for

the lower Receive

(Rx) level downlink. This threshold is checked to determine if a

handover condition

exists.

l_rxlev_ul_h

The l_rxlev_ul_h parameter specifies the handover threshold for the

lower Receive (Rx)

level uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover

condition exists.

l_rxqual_dl_h

The l_rxqual_dl_h parameter specifies the handover control

threshold for the lower

Received (Rx) quality downlink. This threshold is checked to

determine if a handover

condition exists.

Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error Rate (BER)

values or Quality

Band (QBand) units. The type of unit is specified by the


l_rxqual_dl_h_data

The l_rxqual_dl_h_data parameter specifies the handover control

threshold for the

lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for data transmissions only

(for example

modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a

handover condition

exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is

being transmitted, by

use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element

command. In this

situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h threshold value, as

set in the add_cell

command.


values or Quality



l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping

The l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover

control threshold for the

lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for hopping calls only. This

threshold is checked to

determine if a handover condition exists. This threshold is enabled

and set to be used


chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h

threshold value, as



values or Quality



l_rxqual_ul_h

The l_rxqual_ul_h parameter specifies the handover control

threshold for the receive

(Rx) quality uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a

handover condition exists.


values or Quality



l_rxqual_ul_h_data

The l_rxqual_ul_h_data parameter specifies the handover control

threshold for the

lower Received (Rx) quality uplink, for data transmissions only (for

example

modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a

handover condition

exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is

being transmitted, by

use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element

command. In this

situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold value, as

set in the add_cell

command.


values or Quality




The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover

control threshold for the

lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for hopping calls only. This

threshold is checked to

determine if a handover condition exists. This threshold is enabled

and set to be used


chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h

threshold value, as



values or Quality



low_sig_thresh

The low_sig_thresh parameter specifies the minimum receive level

for redirected

handovers. When a call, using a MultiBand MS, is on any cell, and a

handover is

triggered to a cell with a coincident cell, the handover takes place to

the coincident cell, if

the measured receive level from the target cell exceeds this

parameter value.

mb_preference

The mb_preference parameter enables or disables the Multiband

Intercell Handover

feature.

missing_rpt

The missing_rpt parameter enables or disables the suspension of

the storing,

averaging, and processing of downlink power control and

handovers.

ms_distance_allowed

The ms_distance_allowed parameter disables or enables the

distance comparison

process for handovers.

When enabled, the distance comparison process might cause a

handover if the distance

between the MS and the BSS is greater than the ms_max_range. If

this parameter is

enabled, the value chosen for ms_max_range needs careful

optimization.

msc_preference

The msc_preference parameter specifies A interface messaging if

an external handover

is needed during an assignment procedure. This parameter should

align with the MSC

implementation which may depend on whether queueing is enabled

in the cell. The

cause value sent to the MSC can be set according to whether

directed retry is supported

by the MSC.

number_of_preferred_cells

The number_of_preferred_cells parameter specifies the maximum

number of target

cells to be included in a Handover Required message.

The preferred list of target cells is a mandatory BSS field. The

number of preferred cells

is given in order of predicted best performance.

override_intra_bss_pre_transfer

The override_intra_bss_pre_transfer parameter specifies whether or

not a pre-transfer

request is sent to SM (Switch Manager) when the handover

allocation message is

received during an inter-cell handover.

This parameter only applies to intra-BSS inter-cell handovers.

Call processing sends the pre-transfer request to the switch

manager, to make a

connection in the downlink direction from the active CIC to the new

radio channel at the

time of the new radio channel assignment. This puts voice traffic on

the new radio

channel that the mobile is being handed off to earlier than when the

pre-transfer function

is disabled.

This parameter also determines which method of audio connection

is used for the BTS

concentration resource optimization for the handovers feature.

poor_initial_assignment

The poor_initial_assignment parameter enables or disables

checking the timing

advance on a Random Access Channel (RACH). If the RACH is too

far away, this

indicates that there has been a poor initial assignment, and

therefore the RACH is

discarded.

If this feature is enabled, the ms_max_range parameter must be

carefully optimized.

rel_tim_adv

The rel_tim_adv parameter is the relative timing advance value used

in HDPC averaging

processing.

The chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command is used to modify the

value of this

parameter.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command

to specify the


rxlev_dl_ho

The rxlev_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover


The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command changes the

averaging algorithm data for

the downlink receive level handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command

to specify the


rxlev_dl_zone

The rxlev_dl_zone parameter specifies the downlink receive level

threshold that must be

crossed for a handover to take place between the outer zone and

the inner zone.

rxlev_ul_ho

The rxlev_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover


The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho commands changes the

averaging algorithm data

for the uplink receive level handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho command

to specify the


rxlev_ul_zone

The rxlev_ul_zone parameter specifies the uplink receive level

threshold that must be

crossed for a handover to take place between the inner zone and

the outer zone.

rxqual_dl_ho

The rxqual_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover

decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command changes the


for the downlink receive quality handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command

to specify the


rxqual_ul_ho

The rxqual_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover

decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command changes the


for the uplink receive quality handover.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command

to specify the


sdcch_ho

The sdcch_ho parameter enables or disables handovers on the

SDCCH.

When enabled, handovers are not allowed until at least

(sdcch_timer_ho * 2)

measurement report periods have elapsed.

To allow handovers on the SDCCH with a minimum delay, the

sdcch_ho parameter must

be enabled and the sdcch_timer_ho parameter set to its minimum

value of 1.

sdcch_timer_ho

The sdcch_timer_ho parameter specifies the wait time (measured in

SACCH

multiframes) before a handover on the SDCCH may occur.

u_rxlev_dl_ih

The u_rxlev_dl_ih parameter specifies the intracell control

thresholds for the Receive

(Rx) level downlink. This parameter is evaluated in conjunction with

the l_rxqual_dl_h

to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being requested.

u_rxlev_ul_ih

The u_rxlev_ul_ih parameter specifies the intra-cell control

thresholds for the upper

Receive (Rx) level uplink. This parameter is evaluated in conjunction

with the

l_rxqual_ul_h to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being

requested.

ul_rxlev_ho_allowed

The ul_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables handovers

due to uplink


ul_rxqual_ho_allowedThis parameter enables or disables handovers due to the uplink


worse_neighbor_ho

The worse_neighbor_ho parameter specifies whether or not a call

can be handed over

to a neighbor cell due to the downlink receive level even when the

neighbor cell receive

level is lower than the serving cell receive level.

zone_ho_hyst

The zone_ho_hyst parameter specifies the margin for the inner zone

handover

hysteresis. The system uses this value to determine whether an

outer-zone to

inner-zone handover should take place.

A handover initiates when both the uplink and the downlink receive

level averages are

greater than the sum of the respective uplink or downlink threshold

defined for the inner

zone plus the per cell hysteresis for interzone handover plus the

difference between the

current uplink/downlink transmit power and the maximum

uplink/downlink transmit power

of the inner zone carrier:

RXLEV_DL > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST +

(BS_TXPWR –

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

or

(RXLEV_UL > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST +

(MS_TXPWR –

MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)).


0 or 10 Do not use hopping specific thresholds.

1 Use hopping specific thresholds.0

0 to 2

0 Disables adaptive power budget handovers at

the location.


location using per cell cumulative area.


location using per neighbor cumulative area.

0

0 or 1

0 Disables adaptive receive level handovers at the

location.

1 Enables adaptive receive level handovers at the

location.

0

0 or 1

0 Disables adaptive quality handovers at the

location.

1 Enables adaptive quality handovers at the

location.

0

0 to 65535 0

0 to 65535 0

0 to 255 0

0 to 255 0

0 to 255 0

0 to 65535 0

0 to 65535 0

0 to 255

40 (the value of 40

corresponds to a

hreqave of 8 and a

handover margin of 5)

1 (PGSM),

2 (EGSM),

4 (DCS1800),

8 (PCS1900)

1 (PGSM),

2 (EGSM),

4 (DCS1800),

8 (PCS1900)

The frequency type of

the cell (as set by

frequency_type).

0 to 6


strongest neighbour that the MS reported when a handover

is required for normal radio resource reasons.

1 The BSS attempts to assign a Multiband MS to the

strongest preferred band neighbour that the MS reported at

the time of SDCCH to TCH assignment.

If the BSS cannot assign a preferred band TCH the BSS

will not try to direct this MS to the preferred band for the life

of the current call connection. The BSS always hands the

MS over to the strongest MS-reported neighbour when a

handover is required for normal radio resource reasons.


strongest preferred band neighbour that the MS reported

when a handover is required for normal radio resource

reasons.

The BSS places preferred band neighbours ahead of

non-preferred band neighbours in order to attempt to

assign

a channel from the preferred band for the MS.3 The BSS

attempts to assign a Multiband MS to the

strongest preferred-band neighbour that the MS reported at

the time of SDCCH to TCH assignment, as well as attempt

to hand the MS over to the strongest preferred–band

neighbour that the MS reported when a handover is

required for normal radio resource reasons.

This value combines the functions of values 1 and 2.

4 The BSS continually attempts to hand a Multiband MS

over

to a preferred band TCH immediately after initial

assignment.

The BSS will not attempt to allocate a TCH in the preferred

band for this MS at the time of SDCCH-to-TCH

assignment.

0

0 to 127 0

The GSM Cell ID

numberThe GSM Cell ID number NONE

0 to 2


1 Use coincident

better cell detection

2 Use coincident cell

redirection and better

cell detection

0 to 2




NONE

–63 to 63 –63 to 63 0

–63 to 63 –63 to 63 NONE

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

1 to 31 1 to 31 1

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled1

0 or 10 Disabled

1 EnabledNONE

0 to 5

0 Forced handovers

are not allowed.

1 Forced handovers to

interference band 1

extended resource are

allowed.


interference bands 1

to 2


allowed.



to 3


allowed.



to 4


allowed.



to 5


allowed.

0 to 5












0

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1

0 to 63 0 to 63 35

2 to 19 for PGSM and

EGSM

0 to 15 for DCS1800

and PCS1900

29 to 31 for DCS1800

and PCS1900

2

0 or 10 Not included

1 Included0

0 or 10 Disabled (reject message not required)

1 Enabled (reject message required)0

0 or 10 Disabled (no speech version)

1 Enabled (build in speech version)0

0 to 2

0 No handover attempts (for this condition)

1 Attempt to handover as many calls as the

number of queued assignment requests

2 Attempt to handover as many calls as meet the

congestion handover criteria

0

63 to +63 8

63 to +63 63

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

2 to 19 for PGSM and

EGSM

0 to 15 for DCS1800

and PCS1900

29 to 31 for DCS1800

and PCS1900

2

0 to 255 (0 disables intracell interference handovers) 255

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 to 2

0 No hopping in this cell

1 Synthesizer hopping

2 Baseband hopping

0

0 or 10 Disabled

1 EnabledNONE

0 to 63

0 Cyclic hopping. The MA is hopped through

lowest to highest magnitudes, and then the cycle

repeats.

1 to 63 Random hopping. HSN and MA are entries to

the algorithm table 6 of GSM

NONE

ARFCN depends on

the frequency type for

the

cell.

S If the cell is PGSM, the range is 1 through

124.

S If the cell is EGSM, the range is either:

- 1 through 124

- 975 through 1023 , 0.

S If the cell is DCS1800, the range is 512

through 885.

NONE

0 to 3

0 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is not enabled. The

Handover Required message is sent to the MSC.

1 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is enabled.

2 Outgoing internal intercell handover is disabled.

The Handover Required message is not sent to

the MSC.

3 Outgoing Inter-cell and external handovers are

disabled and the Handover Required message is

not sent to the MSC.

1

1 to 11

1 = PGSM

2 = EGSM

3 = PGSM and EGSM

4 = DCS1800

5 = PGSM and DCS1800

6 = EGSM and DCS1800

7 = PGSM, EGSM, and DCS1800

8 = PCS1900

9 = PGSM and PCS1900

10 = EGSM and PCS1900

11 = PGSM, EGSM, and PCS1900

If the Multiband Inter-

cell Handover feature

is enabled:

3 for PGSM and

EGSM cells

4 for DCS1800 cells

8 for PCS1900 cells

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled1

0 to 2

0 Intracell handovers are performed by the BSS.

These calls are included as target cells in a

Handover Required message to the MSC.

1 The BSS performs Intracell handovers. The

MSC is notified with a Handover Performed

message.

2 Intracell handovers are disabled and the

Handover Required message is not sent to the

MSC.

1

0 to 63

Represents -110 dBm to -47 dBm, as shown below:


1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


10

0 to 63



1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


10

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0


453 BER / 5 Qband

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0


0 BER If

dat_qual_enabled = 0

4QBand units If

data_qual_enabled = 1

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0


0 BER If

dat_qual_enabled = 0

4QBand units If

data_qual_enabled = 1

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0


453 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0


0 BER If alt_qual_proc

= 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0


0 BER If alt_qual_proc

= 0

5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 1

0 to 63 0

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 or 1 0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

0 to 7

0 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS, but not

across

the A-interface.

1 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS. The only

A-interface impact is the Assignment Complete message,

which contains the optional Cell ID if the Cell ID changes

during the assignment.

2 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with

the

cause “directed retry” to the MSC.

3 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with

the

cause of the handover to the MSC (for example, Better

Cell).



Required message with cause “directed retry” to the MSC.



Required message with the cause of the handover to the

MSC (for example, Better Cell).

6 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with

cause “directed retry” and then sends an Assignment

Failure message with cause “directed retry” to the MSC.

7 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with the

cause of the handover (for example, Better Cell) and then

sends an Assignment Failure message with cause

“directed retry” to the MSC.

0

1 to 16 16

0 or 10 Send pre-transfer request to SM

1 Do not send pre-transfer request to SM0

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

1 to 314 if alg_data=0 1 if

alg_data=1

1 to 314 if alg_data=0 1 if

alg_data=1

0 to 63



1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


63

1 to 31

0 to 255

4 if alg_data=0 6 if

alg_data=1 1 if

alg_data=2

0 to 63



1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


63

1 to 31

0 to 255


alg_data=1 1 if

alg_data=2

1 to 31

0 to 255


alg_data=1 1 if

alg_data=2

0 or 10 Disabled

1 EnabledNONE

1 to 31




.

.

.


1

0 to 63


0 -110 dBm

1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.

63 -47 dBm

45

0 to 63


0 -110 dBm

1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.

63 -47 dBm

45

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled1

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled1

0 or 10 Handover disabled

1 Handover enabled0

0 to 30

or

-60 to 63

0 to 30 (Not Dual Band Cell))

-60 to 63 (Dual Band Cell)0


OMC-R GUI

none NO

none YES

none NO

none NO

none NO

none NO

none NO

none NO

none NO

none NO

none NO

This parameter is

invalid when ba_type

is ba_bcch.

NO

The Multiband Inter-

cell handover feature

must be

enabled.

This parameter has

no meaning if

band_preference_mo

de = 0 for this cell.

YES

This parameter is

unavailable if the

Multiband

Inter-cell handover

feature is disabled.

YES

After a RXQUAL

handover, the system

applies the

bounce_protect_margi

n value for the number

of

SACCH periods set by

the

bounce_protect_qual_

tmr timer.

After a congestion

handover, the system

applies the

bounce_protect_margi

n value for the number

of

SACCH periods set by

the

bounce_protect_cong

_tmr timer.

YES

This parameter may

only be changed if the

Coincident MultiBand

Handover option is

unrestricted.

If coincident_mb is set

to 1 or 2, both cells

must be

SACCH neighbours of

each other.


to 2, both cells must

be at

the same site, the

cells must be

neighbours of each

other, and the bsic

settings must be the

same.

A cell cannot be

coincident to itself.

NO

This parameter may



Handover option is

enabled.


to 1 or 2, both cells

must be

SACCH neighbours of

each other.


to 2, both cells must

be at

the same site, the

cells must be

neighbours of each

other, and the bsic

settings must be the

same.

If a coincident cell has

not been selected, the

value of

coincident_mb must

equal 0.

A cell cannot be

coincident to itself.

This parameter must

be disabled when

inner_zone_alg is set

to indicate Dual Band

Cells.

NO

This parameter may



Handover option is

enabled.

NO

This parameter can

only be modified if:

either the Directed

Retry or Alternate

Congestion Relief

options are available,

and

the neighbour is

placed on the SACCH

list.

YES

rxlev_dl_ho YES

rxlev_dl_ho YES

rxlev_dl_pc YES

rxqual_dl_ho YES

rxqual_dl_pc YES

N1 must be greater

than or equal to P1.

N1 must be


the hreqt value set

using

chg_act_alg_data

command for

rxlev_dl_pc and

rxlev_ul_pc.

YES

N2 must be greater


N2 must be


the hreqt value set

using

chg_act_alg_data

command for

rxlev_dl_pc and

rxlev_ul_pc.

YES

N3 must be greater


N3 must be


the hreqt value set

using

chg_act_alg_data

command for

rxqual_dl_pc and

rxqual_ul_pc.

YES

N4 must be greater


N4 must be


the hreqt value set

using

chg_act_alg_data

command for

rxqual_dl_pc and

rxqual_ul_pc.

YES

N5 must be greater


N5 must be


the hreqt value set

using

chg_act_alg_data

command for

rxlev_dl_ho and

rxlev_ul_ho.

YES

N6 must be greater


N6 must be


the hreqt value set

using

chg_act_alg_data

command for

rxqual_dl_ho and

rxqual_ul_ho.

YES

N7 must be greater


N7 must be


the hreqt value set

using

chg_act_alg_data

command for

rxlev_dl_ho and

rxlev_ul_ho.

YES

N8 must be greater


N8 must be less than

or equal to the Hreqt

value set

for rel_tim_adv

YES

surround_cell YES

NONE YES

rel_tim_adv YES

rxlev_ul_ho YES

rxlev_ul_ho YES

rxlev_ul_pc YES

rxqual_ul_ho YES

rxqual_ul_pc YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

This parameter may

only be changed on

EGSM

systems.

YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

The maximum value

for a PGSM or EGSM

system is

19.

The maximum value

for a DCS1800

system is 15.

YES

This parameter only

applies to the BSC.YES

This parameter

applies only to the

BSC.

YES

The

handover_required_sp

_ver_used parameter

cannot be disabled (0)

if the efr_enabled

parameter

is enabled (1).

YES

Congestion Relief

feature is required.

The MSC may need to

increase the timer

waiting for

the Assignment

Complete message

from the BSS

when this database


YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

To use the

ho_only_max_pwr

parameter, the

decision_alg_type

parameter must equal

1, to allow

the MS or BTS to

reach full power.

YES

This parameter may

be modified only when

the Dual

Band Cells feature is

unrestricted.

YES

NONE YES

alt_qual_proc

This parameter is not

valid at Horizonoffice

BTS

sites.

YES

The hopping_support

paPlace the system in

the SYSGEN ON

mode before

using the

chg_element or

chg_cell_element

commands to change

this parameter.

Using the

chg_hop_param

command to change

the

hopping system does

not require SYSGEN

ON.rameter defines

the frequency hopping

in a cell.

YES

The system must be

in SYSGEN ON mode

to

change this parameter

with the chg_element

or

chg_cell_element

commands.

Using the

chg_hop_params

command to change

the hopping system

does not require

SYSGEN ON.

YES

Respond to the SITE

reset prompt which

will be

displayed after the

chg_element

command is

entered to modify this

parameter.

YES

Refer to the

descriptions for the

chg_hop_params

command for

restrictions on

changing the hopping

parameters.

The system does not

check for errors when

changes

are made in SYSGEN

ON mode. When

SYSGEN is

turned off, however,

the system does

check for

errors, and may reject

the command.

YES

NONE YES


available unless the

Multiband

Inter-cell Handover

feature is enabled.

This parameter must

include, at a

minimum, the

frequency type for the

cell. For example, if

the cell

has a frequency_type

of pgsm, then the

interband_ho_allowed

parameter must

include

pgsm as a possible

destination frequency

band for

handovers.

YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

alt_qual_proc.

See also

data_qual_enabled,

hop_qual_enabled

YES

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc

This parameter may

not be changed for

Horizonoffice

sites.

YES

alt_qual_proc

See also

data_qual_enabled,

hop_qual_enabled

YES

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc

This parameter may

not be changed for

Horizonoffice

sites.

YES

NONE YES

This parameter is

unavailable if the

Multiband

Inter-Cell Handover

feature is restricted.

This parameter may

not be disabled when

inner_zone_alg is set

to indicate Dual Band

Cells for

any cell in the BSS.

YES

NONE YES

ms_max_range YES

The Directed Retry or

the Multiband Intercell

Handover feature

must be unrestricted.

YES

NONE YES

This parameter only

applies to the BSC or

RXCDR.

YES

NONE YES

When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can

not be

set equal to

decision_1_tim_adv_a

v_alg.

YES

When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can

not be

set equal to one of the

following parameters:

decision_1_dl_rxlev_a

v_h

decision_1_dl_rxlev_a

v_ih

decision_1_p_bgt_rxle

v_av_h

YES

The Concentric Cells

Option must be

enabled and

the inner_zone_alg

type must be set to 1.


available at

Horizonoffice BTS

sites.

YES

When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can

not be

set equal to either:

decision_1_ul_rxlev_a

v_h, or

decision_1_ul_rxlev_a

v_ih

YES


Option must be

enabled and

the inner_zone_alg

parameter must be

set to 1.


available at

Horizonoffice BTS

sites.

YES

When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can

not be

set equal to

decision_1_dl_rxqual_

av_h.

YES

decision_1_ul_rxqual_

av_hYES

External SDCCH

handover must be

enabled at and

supported by the

MSC.

The

hand_over_required_c

urr_ ch parameter

must

be set to 1 so as to

include the

information element in

the handover required

message to the MSC.

YES

The sdcch_ho

parameter must be

enabled. (This is

not monitored by the

system.)

YES

l_rxqual_dl_h

This parameter is

used by the BSS only

when

interfer_ho_allowed is

1.

YES

l_rxqual_ul_h

This parameter is

used by the BSS only

when

interfer_ho_allowed is

1.

YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

NONE YES


feature must be

unrestricted.

The range depends

on the value of

inner_zone_alg:

S Dual Band Cell: -63

to 63.

S Not Dual Band Cell:

0 to 30.


available at

Horizonoffice BTS

sites.

YES

DATABASE PARAMETER Description Valid range

bts_p_con_ack

The bts_p_con_ack parameter specifies the

maximum amount of time to wait for RF

power change acknowledgements to the BSS.

This allows a repeat of the BTS power

control message if the BTS power has not been

confirmed. This is effective only if the


0 to 31

bts_p_con_interval

The bts_p_con_interval parameter specifies the

minimum amount of time in multiples of

two SACCH multiframes between successive RF

power change orders to the BSS.

The time period is greater than or equal to (nx –

px + 1) hreqave / 2

Where:

x equals





n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny

where y is a value from 1 to 4.

p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py

where y is a value from 1 to 4.

hreqave is the number of measurements from

the MS that are used in calculating

one average.

0 to 31

bts_power_control_allowed

The bts_power_control_allowed parameter

enables or disables the downlink RF power

control for the BSS. When enabled, the BSS

uses up to 15 power control levels.

0 or 1

bts_txpwr_max_inner

The bts_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies

the maximum transmit power BTS inner

zone for Dual Band cells.

0 to 21 (0 to 6 for

Horizonoffice sites)

decision_alg_type

The decision_alg_type parameter specifies the

current power control algorithm.

Disabling the decision_alg_type type parameter

uses the bts_p_con_interval and

ms_p_con_interval parameters. This setting

does not allow use of the bts_p_con_ack

and ms_p_con_ack timers.

Enabling decision_alg_type uses the

bts_p_con_ack and ms_p_con_ack timers.

Enabling the decision_alg_type parameter allows

a power decision based on quality to

increase the power. This results in a rxlev above

the upper rxlev thresholds set in:

u_rxlev_dl_pc

u_rxlev_ul_pc

0 to 31

dyn_step_adj

The dyn_step_adj parameter enables or disables

the uplink and downlink dynamic step

adjustment algorithm for the step size. When

enabled, the calculation of step size can

include or exclude dynamic power reduction

caused by the level being above the upper

level threshold.

0 to 2

dyn_step_adj_fmpr

The dyn_step_adj_fmpr parameter specifies the

percentage power reduction used in

the dynamic power reduction calculation.

0 to 10

full_pwr_rfloss

The full_pwr_rfloss parameter enables or

disables the ability of the BSS power control to

fully power up the MS and BTS at the point

where the RF connection appears to be lost.

When enabled, the transition to full power occurs

when the threshold set by

link_about_to_fail is reached in the link_fail

procedure.

0 or 1

l_rxlev_dl_p

The l_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the lower

downlink limit for the signal strength of

the serving cell. This threshold is checked to

determine if BTS power should be

increased.

0 to 63

l_rxlev_ul_p

The l_rxlev_ul_p parameter specifies the lower

uplink limit for the signal strength of the

mobile. This threshold is checked to determine if

MS power should be increased.

0 to 63

l_rxqual_dl_p

The l_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the lower

downlink limit for the signal quality of

the serving cell. This threshold is checked to

determine if BTS power should be

increased.

Receive quality processing is measured using Bit

Error Rate (BER) values or Quality

Band (QBand) units. The type of unit is specified

by the alt_qual_proc parameter.

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

l_rxqual_dl_p_data

The l_rxqual_dl_p_data parameter specifies the

lower downlink limit for the signal

quality of the serving cell, for data transmissions

only (for example modem-to-modem

calls). This threshold is checked to determine if

BTS power should be increased. This

threshold is enabled and set to be used when

data is being transmitted, by use of the

data_qual_enabled parameter in a

chg_cell_element command. In this situation it is

used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold

value, as set in the add_cell command.





0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping

The l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping parameter specifies

the lower downlink limit for the signal

quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only.

This threshold is checked to determine

if BTS power should be increased. This

threshold is enabled and set to be used for

hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled

parameter in a chg_cell_element

command. In this situation it is used instead of

the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold value, as






0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1


The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies

the handover control threshold for the

lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for

hopping calls only. This threshold is checked to

determine if a handover condition exists. This

threshold is enabled and set to be used

for hopping calls, by use of the

hop_qual_enabled parameter in a

chg_cell_element


the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold value, as






0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

l_rxqual_ul_p

The l_rxqual_ul_p parameter specifies the lower

uplink limit of the signal quality of the

MS. This threshold is checked to determine if

MS power should be increased.





0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

l_rxqual_ul_p_data

The l_rxqual_ul_p_data parameter specifies the

lower uplink limit for the signal quality

of the serving cell, for data transmissions only

(for example modem-to-modem calls).

This threshold is checked to determine if MS

power should be increased. This threshold

is enabled and set to be used when data is being

transmitted, by use of the

data_qual_enabled parameter in a

chg_cell_element command. In this situation it is

used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_p threshold

value, as set in the add_cell command.





0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping

The l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping parameter specifies

the lower uplink limit for the signal

quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only.

This threshold is checked to determine

if MS power should be increased. This threshold

is enabled and set to be used for

hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled

parameter in a chg_cell_element


the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold value, as






0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

link_about_to_fail

The link_about_to_fail parameter specifies the

number of undecoded SACCH frames

before the BSS and MS are increased to full

power. The number of SACCH frames is

calculated by subtracting the number of

undecoded SACCH frames represented by the

value entered for this parameter from the

number of undecoded SACCH frames

represented by the link_fail parameter.

For example, if link_fail is set to 5 (24 SACCH

frames) and link_about_to_fail is set to

1 (4 SACCH frames), the BSS and MS is

increased to full power when 20 undecoded

SACCH frames are received.

Full power is specified by the max_tx_bts

parameter for the downlink power; and

max_tx_ms or max power capability of the MS

for uplink power.

This provides a method for improving the quality

of a call by increasing the power of the

signal transmitted by the BSS to an MS.

0 to 15

ms_max_range

The ms_max_range parameter specifies the MS

maximum range for the handover

algorithm.

This parameter must be programmed in terms of

timing advance bits. The following

equation shows the relationship between

distance and timing advance:

(timing advance)(bit period)(propagation velocity)

= 2 (distance from MS to BSS)

Value 0 corresponds to no timing advance.

Values 1 to 63 represent the bit periods that

the MS transmission (to the BSS) are delayed.

If The Extended Range Feature is unrestricted

and Extended Range is enabled in the

cell, the maximum value of ms_max_range

increases to 219.

0 to 63

0 to 219

ms_p_con_ack

The ms_p_con_ack parameter specifies the time

for which power control can be

resumed if power change acknowledgement is

not received from the MS. This

parameter is effective only if the


0 to 31

ms_p_con_interval

The ms_p_con_interval parameter specifies the

minimum amount of time in multiples of

two SACCH multiframes between successive RF

power change orders to the MS.

This value depends on the value for the

decision_alg_num parameter.

If decision_alg_num = 1, then the

recommended value for ms_p_con_interval

equals hreqave divided by 2 (hreqave/2).

If decision_alg_num = 0, then the minimum

recommended value for

ms_p_con_interval equals 2 plus hreqave

divided by 2 (2+hreqave/2).

0 to 31

ms_power_control_allowed

The ms_power_control_allowed parameter

enables or disables MS power control.

Enabling this feature helps to reduce

interference.

0 or 1

ms_power_offset

The ms_power_offset parameter specifies the

power offset value sent out in the BCCH

system information which will utilize the

additional power capabilities of a class 3

DCS1800 MS that is accessing on the RACH.

The value is a positive power offset from

the value set by ms_txpwr_max_cch.

0 to 3

mspwr_alg

The mspwr_alg parameter enables or disables

the enhanced power control algorithm.

The enhanced power control algorithm is used to

prevent oscillation for MS power control

where power is reduced for RXQUAL reasons

and subsequently increased for RXLEV

reasons.

0 or 1

pbgt_mode 0 or 1

pow_inc_step_size_dl

The pow_inc_step_size_dl parameter specifies

the step sizes for power increases from

the BTS to the MS.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14

pow_inc_step_size_ul

The pow_inc_step_size_ul parameter specifies

the step size increases from the MS to

the BTS.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14

pow_red_step_size_dl

The pow_red_step_size_dl parameter specifies

the step size for power decreases from

the BTS to the MS.

2, 4

pow_red_step_size_ul

The pow_red_step_size_ul parameter specifies

the step size for power decreases from

the MS to the BTS.

2, 4

pwr_handover_allowed

The pwr_handover_allowed parameter enables

or disables the power budget

assessment for handovers.

When enabled, a handover to cell “n” might be

required if: PBGT(n) – ho_margin(n) > 0.

This comparison ensures that the MS is always

linked to the cell with the minimum path

loss even though the quality and level thresholds

may not have been exceeded.

0 or 1

rapid_pwr_down

This parameter enables or disables the rapid

power down procedure. The rapid power

down procedure bypasses the

pow_red_step_size values set in the database in

an

effort to bring the power of the MS to an

acceptable level quickly.

Detected MS power levels are averaged over the

number of SACCH periods specified by

the rpd_period parameter. This average is

compared to the value specified for the

rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down

procedure will be initiated when the calculated

value is greater than the value specified for the

rpd_trigger parameter.

0 or 1

rpd_offset

The rpd_offset parameter specifies the offset

value used when calculating the receive

uplink level for an MS when the rapid power

down procedure initiates.

The receive uplink level is equal to rpd_trigger

minus rpd_offset.

0 to 63

rpd_period

The rpd_period parameter specifies the number

of SACCH frames used to calculate a

rolling average of uplink rxlev values.






procedure initiates when the calculated value

is greater than the value specified for the


1 to 32

rpd_trigger

The rpd_trigger parameter specifies the

threshold used to initiate the rapid power down

procedure.






procedure initiates when the calculated value

is greater than the value specified for the


The receive uplink power level is equal to

rpd_trigger minus rpd_offset.

0 to 63

rxlev_dl_pc

The rxlev_dl_pc parameter specifies the

averaging parameters for making power control

decisions with respect to the downlink receive

signal level.

The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_pc command

changes the averaging algorithm data for

the downlink receive level power control.

A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data

rxlev_dl_pc command to specify the


1 to 31

rxlev_ul_pc

The rxlev_ul_pc parameter specifies the

averaging parameters for making power control

decisions with respect to the uplink receive

signal level.

The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_pc command

changes the averaging algorithm data for

the uplink receive level.


rxlev_ul_pc command to specify the


1 to 31

0 to 255

rxqual_dl_pc

The rxqual_dl_pc parameter specifies the

averaging parameters for making power

control decisions with respect to the downlink

receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_pc command

changes the averaging algorithm data

for the downlink receive quality power control.


rxqual_dl_pc command to specify the


1 to 31

0 to 255

rxqual_ul_pc

The rxqual_ul_pc parameter specifies the

averaging parameters for making power

control decisions with respect to the uplink

receive signal quality.

The chg_act_alg rxqual_ul_pc command

changes the averaging algorithm data for the

uplink receive quality power control.


rxqual_ul_pc command to specify the


1 to 31

0 to 255

tx_power_cap

The tx_power_cap parameter specifies all cells

within a site to be either low transmitting

power capable or high transmitting power

capable.

This parameter is valid only at DCS1800 or

PCS1900 sites.

This parameter is not valid for micro sites.

This parameter can be set when the primary

outer zone frequency type f the cell is

PGSM, EGSM, DCS1800, or PCS1900 provided

that the cell is a Dual Band Cell.

If the cell is not, the frequency must be DCS1800

or PCS1900 to change

tx_power_cap.

0 or 1

u_rxlev_dl_p

The u_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the signal

strength for the upper downlink limit of

the serving cell.

BTS transmit power may be reduced if the MS

signal strength is greater than this value.

0 to 63

u_rxlev_ul_p

This parameter specifies the signal strength for

the upper uplink limit of the serving cell.

Mobile transmit power may be reduced if the MS

transmit signal strength is greater than

this value.

0 to 63

u_rxqual_dl_p

The u_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the

power control threshold for the best allowed

downlink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range

and default values for this parameter

are dependent on the type of unit that is

selected.





An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than

what is specified by the u_rxqual_ul_p

parameter may result the reduction of downlink

power.

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

u_rxqual_ul_p

The u_rxqual_ul_p parameter sets the power

control threshold for the best allowed

uplink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range

and default values for this parameter are

dependent on the type of unit that is selected.





An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than

what is specified by the u_rxqual_ul_p

parameter may result the reduction of MS power.

0 to 1810 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If

alt_qual_proc = 1

use_derived_ho_power

The use_derived_ho_power parameter specifies

how the system manages the derived

handover power level for internal intercell

handovers.

When disabled, these handovers use the power

level in the database.

When enabled, these handovers use a power

level derived from the rxlev reported by the

MS for the target cell.

0 or 1

Value description Default value

0

1

2

.

.

.

31

0 SACCH multiframes

2 SACCH multiframes

4 SACCH multiframes

.

.

.


1 (equals 2 SACCH multiframes)

0

1

2

.

.

.

31

0 SACCH multiframes

2 SACCH multiframes

4 SACCH multiframes

.

.

.


2 (equals 4 SACCH multiframes)

0 BTS power control disabled

1 BTS power control enabled0

0 to 21 (0 to 6 for Horizonoffice sites) 0

0 Power control algorithm number 1

1 Power control algorithm number 2 (enables the

use of p_con_ack timers)

0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled (excludes power reduction)

2 Enabled (includes power reduction)

0

0 to 10 10

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0

Represents -110 dBm to -47 dBm, as shown

below:


1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


30


below:


1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


30


alt_qual_proc = 0


226 BER If alt_qual_proc = 0

4 QBand units If alt_qual_proc = 1


alt_qual_proc = 0


0 BER If data_qual_enabled = 0

4 QBand units If data_qual_enabled =

1


alt_qual_proc = 0


0 BER If data_qual_enabled = 0

4 QBand units If data_qual_enabled =

1


alt_qual_proc = 0





alt_qual_proc = 0





alt_qual_proc = 0





alt_qual_proc = 0




Represents the number of SACCH frames as

shown below:

0 0 SACCH frames

1 4 SACCH frames

2 8 SACCH frames

.

.

.

15 60 SACCH frames

2

0 to 63 for normal cells

0 to 219 for Extended Range cells63




.

.

.


2




.

.

.


2

0 Disabled

1 Enabled1

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

3 6 dB

0

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

1 MS uses servicing channel measurements to

calculte power budget.

0 MS uses reported servicing cell BCCH signal

strength to calculate power budget.

0

2

2

2

2

0 Disabled

1 Enabled1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

8

2

Each step represents an increase of 1dBm, from -

110 dBm to

-47 dBm, as shown in the table below:


1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.


45 (- 65 dBm)

4 if alg_data=0 1 if alg_data=1


1 if alg_data=2


1 if alg_data=2


1 if alg_data=2

0 Low power

1 High power0


below:

0 -110 dBm

1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.

63 -47 dBm

40


below:

0 -110 dBm

1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.

63 -47 dBm

40

0 to 1810 BER

(1 step = 0.01% bit

error rate)





0 to 1810 BER

(1 step = 0.01% bit

error rate)





0 Disabled

1 Enabled0


OMC-R GUI

decision_alg_num = 1 YES

This parameter will not work if the

specified location

is the BSC (location = 0).

hreqave

bts_p_con_ack

decision_1_n1 through decision_1_n4

decision_1_p1 through decision_1_p4

YES

NONE YES

This parameter may be modified only

when the Dual

Band Cells feature is unrestricted.

YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

NONE NO

NONE YES

Must be less than u_rxlev_dl_p YES

Must be less than u_rxlev_ul_p YES

alt_qual_proc

Must be greater than u_rxqual_dl_p

See also data_qual_enabled,

hop_qual_enabled

YES

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc

This parameter may not be changed for

Horizonoffice

sites.

YES

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc


Horizonoffice

sites.

YES

alt_qual_proc

Must be greater than u_rxqual_ul_p

See also data_qual_enabled,

hop_qual_enabled

YES

data_qual_enabled

alt_qual_procYES

hop_qual_enabled

alt_qual_proc


Horizonoffice

sites.

YES

link_about_to_fail must be less than

link_fail

max_tx_bts

YES

The range for the ms_max_range

parameter

depends on whether the Extended Range

feature is

enabled or disabled.

This parameter is not available at

Horizonoffice sites.

YES

decision_alg_num = 1 YES

hreqave YES

NONE YES

If the cell is not a type 3 MS cell, 0 is the

only value

allowed.

YES

NONE YES

The Dual Band Cells feature must be

unrestricted.

Changing this parameter to 1 adds this

cell to its won

neighbour list. This auto-created

neighbour will not

be deleted by the user. It can only be

deleted by

changing this element back to 0.

YES

This parameter must be greater than or

equal to

pow_red_step_size_dl.

YES

This parameter must be greater than or

equal to

pow_red_step_size_ul.

YES

This parameter must be less than or

equal to

pow_inc_step_size_dl.

YES

This paremeter must be less than or

equal to

pow_inc_step_size_ul.

YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

This parameter must be less than

rpd_trigger.

The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be

enabled.

YES

NONE YES

This parameter must be greater than

l_rxlev_ul_p.

This parameter must be greater than

rpd_offset.

The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be

enabled.

YES

When alg_num is set to 255, bin_num

can not be

set equal to decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p.

YES


can not be

set equal to decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p.

YES


can not be

set equal to decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p.

YES

decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p YES

This parameter is valid only if the

transceivers at the

site are inactive.

The system does not accept this

parameter if the

associated DRIs are unlocked.

YES

NONE YES

NONE YES

alt_qual_proc

Since better rxqual corresponds to a lower

bit error

rate, u_rxqual_dl_p should be less than

l_rxqual_dl_p.

YES

alt_qual_proc

Since better rxqual corresponds to a lower

bit error

rate, u_rxqual_ul_p must be less than

l_rxqual_ul_p.

YES

This parameter is not available at

Horizonoffice sites.YES


alt_qual_proc

The alt_qual_proc parameter specifies whether receive

quality processing is performed

using Bit Error Rate (BER) values or Quality Band

(QBand) units. The type of values

and the range of values of six parameters are determined

by the value assigned to the


0 or 1

data_qual_enabled

The data_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables

the use of specific rxqual

thresholds for data call handovers.

A data call is one that involves the transmission of

computer data, such as a

modem–to–modem call. These types of calls are very

sensitive to bit errors. Therefore,

specific rxqual thresholds may be configured to trigger

data call handovers.

0 or 1

intave

The intave parameter specifies the algorithm data needed

for performing interference

band averaging and classification during idle channel

interference processing.

1 to 31

interfer_bandswhose limit 0 to X5 is adjusted by Operations and

Maintenance (O & M).0 to 63

n_avg_i

The n_avg_i parameter specifies the number of signal

strength measurements that must

be made for each filtered interference signal strength

sample. NAVG_I is the number of

radio blocks that the signal strength is computed on over

a period of TAVG_I.

1 to 15

rpt_bad_qual_no_mr

The rpt_bad_qual_no_mr parameter specifies whether or

not the uplink quality value of

7 is allowed in a missing measurement report.

When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 0, the worst quality

value, 7, is not used to signify

the quality if the measurement report does not arrive.

When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 1, the worst quality

value, 7, is used to signify the

quality if the measurement report does not arrive.

The OMC-R is able to display and change

rpt_bad_qual_no_mr over the BSS–OMC-R

interface. This attribute is not required during cell

creation.

0 to 2

Value description Default value Dependencies

0 BER Units

1 Quality band units0

The value that is entered for the alt_qual_proc

parameter determines the type of values, the range

of values, and the default values for the dependent

parameters.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0 alt_qual_proc



.

.

.


8 NONE

Represents -110 dBm to -47

dBm, as shown below:

0 -110 dBm

1 -109 dBm

2 -108 dBm

.

.

.

63 -47 dBm

63


interfer_bands,1


interfer_bands,2


interfer_bands,3


interfer_bands,4

2 The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.

0 NONE

Supported by

OMC-R GUI

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES


bs_pa_mfrms

The bs_pa_mfrms parameter specifies the

number of multiframes between transmissions of

paging messages to MSs of the same paging

group. The number of paging blocks available

(per CCCH) are those available (on a specific

CCCH) multiplied by (bs_pa_mfrms).

0 to 7

extended_paging_active

The extended_paging_active parameter enables

or disables extended paging. When enabled, the

BTS sends pages to an MS in its extended page

group when all pages could not be transmitted in

the designated page group for the MS. The MS

must receive and analyze messages for its

paging group and the group two paging blocks

later. When disabled, extended page is not

allowed.

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

Value description Default value DependenciesSupported by

OMC-R GUI

Represents the multiframes period

for the transmission of

PAGING REQUEST messages to

the same paging group.

Value bs_pa_mfrms

0 2 multiframes

1 3 multiframes

2 4 multiframes

3 5 multiframes

4 6 multiframes

5 7 multiframes

6 8 multiframes

7 9 multiframes

0

The value chosen for this field will

be dependant

upon the size of the location area

and the ratio of

mobile originated to mobile

terminated calls.

YES

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 NONE YES


prioritize_microcell

The prioritize_microcell parameter specifies whether or

not the level (micro or macro) of the serving cell

impacts the sorting of the candidate list. If

prioritize_microcell is set to 0, the level of the service

cell does not impact sorting of the candidate list. if

prioritize_microcell is set to 1, the level of the serving

cell impacts the sorting of the candidate list.

0 or 1


OMC-R GUI

0 No impact on sorting

1 Impact on sorting1

The Microcell feature must be unrestricted to

use this

parameter.

YES


congest_at_source

The congest_at_source parameter specifies how a specified source

cell treats target cells when trying to find candidates for an imperative

handover. The specified source cell may be enabled to: (a) treat all

target cells equally or (b) immediately retry target cells which were in

the process of congestion relief.

congest_at_target

The congest_at_target parameter specifies how a specified cell

behaves if it rejects a

handover request.

tch_busy_critical_threshold

The tch_busy_critical_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for

initiating the flow control procedure barring two of the access classes

0 to 9 from making calls due to TCH congestion. The two classes

that are barred are selected randomly. The flow control procedure

initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is equal to or greater

than the value entered for this parameter. This parameter is

expressed as a percentage.

tch_busy_norm_threshold

The tch_busy_norm_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for

initiating the flow control procedure to bar a single access class 0

through 9 from making a call due to TCH congestion. The class that

is barred is selected randomly. The flow control procedure

initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is equal to or greater

than the value entered for this parameter. This parameter is

expressed as a percentage.

tch_congest_prevent_thres

The tch_congest_prevent_thres parameter specifies the level of

overall TCH utilization by any MS in a given Cell, at which the

Congestion Relief procedure is initiated. This parameter is expressed

as a percentage.

tch_flow_control

The tch_flow_control parameter enable or disables the TCH flow

control option. The flow control procedure tries to reduce the load on

the system when the TCH usage goes above thresholds determined

by the tch_busy_norm_threshold and tch_busy_critical_threshold

parameters. The reduction in traffic is achieved by barring access

classes and manipulating the tx_integer and max_retran parameters.

Valid range Value description

0 The source cell treats all target cells equally

as candidates


1 The source cell immediately retries target

cells which were


0 or 1

0 The source cell treats all target

cells equally as candidates


1 The source cell immediately retries

target cells which were


0 The system takes no action if the Cell

rejects a

handover request.



request.

0 or 1

0 The system takes no action if the

Cell rejects a

handover request.

1 The system invokes Congestion

Relief

procedures if this Cell rejects a

handover

request.

81 to 100

0 to 100

1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates there are

no resources left

to allocate).

1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates

there are no resources left

to allocate).

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled


OMC-R GUI

0

The parameter can be set only

if the Congestion

Relief feature is unrestricted.

YES

0

The parameter can be set only

if the Congestion

Relief feature is unrestricted.

YES

100

Must be greater than or equal

to

tch_busy_norm_threshold.

NO

100Must be less than or equal to

tch_busy_critical_threshold.NO

100 (The value 100 indicates an attempt to

use the last

resource).


must be enabled.

This parameter must be

greater than or equal to

mb_tch_congest_thres.

YES

0 NONE YES


direct_inner_zone_threshold

The direct_inner_zone_threshold parameter

specifies the rxlev threshold that must be

exceeded by the MS reported rxlev for the call

to qualify for accelerated allocation of an

inner zone resource.

dual_band_offset

The dual_band_offset parameter estimates the

effects of the power level differences

that occur when comparing signal strengths

from different zones. The

dual_band_offset is applied to power budget

handover calculations from the inner zone

to cells of any frequency type. Plus, it is used to

evaluate the criteria for the interzone

handovers within a cell.

inner_zone_alg

The inner_zone_alg parameter specifies the

use algorithm and the associated

parameters for the inner zone of the cell.

ms_txpwr_max_inner

The ms_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies

the maximum power an MS can use in

the inner zone of a concentric cell.

outer_zone_usage_level

The outer_zone_usage_level parameter

specifies the percentage level of outer cell

traffic channel (TCH) usage.

If this parameter is set to 0, channels in the

inner zone is used whenever an MS is

qualified to use those resources.

If this parameter is set to any other value, the

inner zone resources are allocated

only when an MS is qualified and at least the

specified percentage of outer zone

TCHs is in use.

secondary_freq_type

The secondary_freq_type parameter specifies

the frequency type of the inner zone

band of a Dual Band cell.

Valid range Value description

0 to 63 0 to 63

-63 to 63 -63 to 63

0 to 3

0 = disable inner zone

1 = power based use algorithm

The system displays prompts for:

S ms_txpwr_max_inner

Valid range:

- PGSM and EGSM:

5 to 39 dBm (odd values only; value must be less than



- DCS1800 and PCS1900:

0 to 30 dBm (even values only; value must be less than



S zone_ho_hyst,


Default value:0

S rxlev_dl_zone


Default value: 63

S rxlev_ul_zone


Default value: 63

2 = interference based use algorithm

The system prompts for:

S neighbor_report_timer

Valid range: 0 to 255 SACCH periods

Default value: 10

3 = The Dual Band Cell Use Algorithm is used. The

prompts shown

in Table 5-3 are generated and displayed.




and 33




and 33

0 to 100

1,2,4,8

1 PGSM

2 EGSM

4 DCS1800

8 PCS 1900


OMC-R GUI

63

The Concentric Cells option must be enabled in order

to set this parameter.


sites.

YES



0

The Concentric Cells feature must be unrestricted to

change inner_zone_alg.


sites.

Cannot set this parameter to Dual Band cells for

PCS1900 cells.

Before this parameter can be set to Dual Band (3)

the following dependencies must be met:

The Dual Band Cells feature must be unrestricted in

order to set inner_zone_alg to 3.

The Coincident Multiband feature and the Dual Band

Cells feature must not be set at the same time, so

coincident_mb must be 0.

RTFs must not be equipped for the inner zone.

The Multiband Inter-Cell Handover feature must be

enabled to change inner_zone_alg to 3

(mb_preference parameter must not be 0).

YES

Same value as

max_tx_ms

ms_txpwr_max_inner must be less than or equal to

max_tx_ms if the value for inner_zone_alg equals 1

(Dual Band cell).


sites.

YES

0

The Concentric Cells feature must be enabled.

This parameter can not be modified at a

Horizonoffice site.

YES

This parameter is set to the primary frequency type

when a cell is not configured as a Dual Band cell.

This parameter may be modified only when changing

inner_zone_alg to 3 with the chg_cell_element

command.

At Dual Band cells:

S When the Cell frequency type is set to PGSM

or EGSM, the secondary_freq_type can only

be set to DCS1800.

S When the Cell frequency type is set to

DCS1800, the secondary_freq_type can only

be set to PGSM or EGSM.

At non-Dual Band cells, the secondary_freq_type is

set to the primary frequency type.

NO


range

cbc_fast_select

The cbc_fast_select parameter enables and disables

the fast connect function for the

BSC. The fast connect function supports X.25

networks that do not support user data in

connect and disconnect requests.

0 or 1

cbc_intface_vers

The cbc_intface_vers parameter selects the interface

for each BSC site.

The available interfaces are either the standard

interface or the interface with the

repetition rate interpretation and CBCH loading fields.

0 or 1

cbc_vbind_cntr

The cbc_vbind_cntr parameter sets the number of

successful VBINDs sent by the BSS

to the CBC before a negotiate must take place within

the next VBIND sent.

This parameter is effective on a per BSC basis.

0 to 255

cbch_enabled

The cbch_enabled parameter enables the Cell

Broadcast Channel (CBCH) option in a

cell.

The CBCH is used with the Short Message Service

(SMS) Cell Broadcast feature. An

operator defined message or set of background

messages may be transmitted on the

CBCH when the cbch_enabled parameter is enabled.

0 or 1

cbs_outage_cntr

The cbs_outage_cntr parameter introduces a delay

between an outage occurring and

the CBS halting transmission of CBC originated

messages.

This parameter is effective on a per BTS site basis.

0 to 255


valueDependencies

Supported by

OMC-R GUI

0 Disabled

1 Enabled1

This parameter is valid

only for the BSC.YES

0 Standard interface

1 Interface with the repetition

rate interpretation

and CBCH loading fields

0This parameter is only

valid for the BSC.YES

0 to 255 0This parameter is only

valid for the BSC.YES

0 Disabled

1 EnabledNONE

Enabling of CBCH is not

permitted if no AGCH is

reserved in a non-

combined cell (bs-ag-blks-

res = 0

and ccch-conf other than

1).

YES

0 to 255 0This parameter is only

valid for a BTS site.YES


range

Value

description

bts_type

The bts_type parameter specifies the BTS

configuration type. It is valid only for sites 1

to 100.

0 or 10 BTP

1 BTP and DHP

carrier_disable_time

The carrier_disable_time parameter specifies the

time delay between putting individual

carriers into battery conservation mode after a

main power failure is reported.

For example, when a main power failure is first

reported the system waits for the period

of time specified by the carrier_disable_time

parameter before placing the first carrier

into battery conservation mode. Then the system

waits for the same period of time

before placing the next carrier into battery

conservation mode.

120 to

65535

carriers_ins_pwr_fail

The carriers_ins_pwr_fail parameter specifies the

number of carriers (RCUs) left up in

the maintenance power state when emergency

battery power starts (that is, during a

main power failure).

0 to 30 0 to 30

Default

valueDependencies

Supported by

OMC-R GUI

NONE

This parameter may not be changed to 0 if DHPs

exist at the site, or if max_dris is set to 0.

This parameter may not be changed at

Horizonoffice

sites. It is automatically set to 1 when a

Horizonoffice cabinet is equipped.

This parameter must be set to 0 for M-Cell2, M-

Cell6,

M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena, M-Cellarenamacro and

Horizonmacro cabinets.

NO

NONE

This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice

BTS

sites.

NO

30

This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice

BTS

sites.

NO


auto_rf_loss_trace

The auto_rf_loss_trace parameter enables and

disables automatic RF Loss tracing for

a cell. The destination for RF loss measurement

reports is also specified when RF loss

tracing is enabled.

If the auto_rf_loss_trace parameter is enabled for a cell

with the destination set for the

MMI and an RF loss occurs in the cell, a measurement

report is sent to the MMI and is

displayed in the same format as the output for the

trace_call command. An RLM cause

for the RF loss is included in the additional trace status

field when the measurement

report when generated by the RF loss trace.

0 to 2

call_trace_options

The call_trace_options parameter enables or disables

MSC initiated traces. It also

specifies the percentage of traces exclusively reserved

for MSC initiated call traces.

The number of call trace instances that may be created

is affected by the percentage of

traces reserved exclusively for MSC initiated traces.

This percentage is specified using

the call_trace_options element. For example, if 50% of

the traces are reserved for

initiation from the MSC, a maximum of eight instances

may be created using the

trace_call command.

0 to 100, and 255

ct_flow_control_hi_level

The ct_flow_control_hi_level parameter specifies the

percentage of call trace OML

buffer space that may be used before flow control is

enabled. When this limit is reached,

the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set

to 1. (This level is not used to


Setting this parameter to 100 disables flow control.

20 to 100

ct_flow_control_lo_level

The ct_flow_control_lo_level parameter specifies the

percentage of call trace OML

buffer space that may be used before flow control is

enabled. When this limit is reached,

the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set

to 0. (This level is not used to


0 to 80

ct_flow_control_msc_trace

The ct_flow_control_msc_trace parameter specifies

whether or not MSC traces are

allowed when flow control is enabled.

0 or 1

trace_msgs_after_ho

The trace_msgs_after_ho parameter specifies the

number of messages that the system

collects immediately after a handover occurs.

0 to 8

trace_msgs_before_ho

The trace_msgs_before_ho parameter specifies the

number of messages that the

system collects immediately before a handover occurs.

0 to 8

Value description Default value

0 Automatic RF loss tracing disabled for

this cell



MMI and OMC



OMC-R only

0

0 to 100 The percentage of traces reserved for

MSC initiated traces on a per LCF basis.

255 MSC invoked call traces disabled.

0

20 to 100 60

0 to 80 20

0 MSC traces are allowed while flow is restricted.

1 MSC traces are not allowed while flow is

restricted.

0

5

5


OMC-R GUI

NONE NO

NONE NO

ct_flow_control_hi_level must be greater than

ct_flow_control_lo_level plus 20.NO

ct_flow_control_lo_level must be less than

ct_flow_control_hi_level minus 20.NO

NONE NO

This parameter is used only when handover

records




YES

This parameter is used only when handover

records




YES


allow_32k_trau

The allow_32k_trau parameter enables or disables 32 kbps GPRS

TRAU timeslots on a

carrier. When this parameter is enabled for an RTF, all GPRS TRAU

channels are 32

bkps channels. Both CS-3 and CS-4 are supported.

Both BSC-PCU GDS and BSC-BTS may be equipped. The BSS

calculates bandwidth

requirements during the equipage of the timeslots.

bssgp_block_retries

The bssgp_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries

generated by the

BSS for cell block messages to the SGSN.

bssgp_flow_control

The bssgp_flow_control parameter specifies the downlink flow

control mechanism for

the PCU.

bssgp_racap_retries

The bssgp_racap_retries parameter specifies the number of retries

generated by the

BSS for RA-Capability-Update messages to the SGSN.

bssgp_reset_retries

The bssgp_reset_retries parameter specifies the number of retries

generated by the

BSS for Reset messages to the SGSN.

bssgp_scheduling

The bssgp_scheduling parameter specifies the scheduling type used

in downlink flow

control at the PCU. Packets can be scheduled on either a First

In/First Out or an Earliest

Deadline First basis.

bssgp_unblock_retries

The bssgp_unblock_retries parameter specifies the number of

retries generated by the

BSS for cell Unblock messages to the SGSN.

gprs_bs_cv_max

The gprs_bs_cv_max specifies the maximum count down value a

mobile can use for

uplink RLC data transfer. The MS sends a count down value in each

uplink RLC data

block starting gprs_bs_cv_max blocks from the last block. The value

sent is

decremented by one in each subsequent block. This allows the

network to identify the

last RLC block in the uplink TBF.

gprs_dl_pwr_mode

The gprs_dl_pwr_mode parameter specifies the downlink power

control mode that the

PCU uses to broadcast data blocks to the MS.

gprs_drx_timer_max

The gprs_drx_timer_max parameter specifies the maximum timer

value allowed for the

MS to request for non–DRX mode after packet transfer mode.

gprs_enabled

The gprs_enabled parameter specifies whether or not GPRS is

unrestricted at a cell.

The gprs_supported broadcast parameter describes the GPRS

configuration of a cell.

The BSS implements this as two cell elements: gprs_enabled and

pcch_alloc.

gprs_intraho_allwd

The gprs_intraho_allwd parameter specifies whether or not the BSS

performs intra-cell

handovers to free GPRS timeslots currently in use for circuit traffic.

Such handovers

recover PDTCHs which have been switched to TCHs.

gprs_mac_mode

The gprs_mac_mode parameter specifies the medium access mode

to be used by the

PCU. The mode can be either “fixed” or “dynamic”.

gprs_ms_pan_dec

The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by which to

decrement the MS

counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink

acks/nacks received


incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each

time the preset



defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102

decrements to zero,

then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as

defined in the GSM


gprs_ms_pan_inc

Th gprs_ms_pan_inc parameter specifies the amount by which to

increment the MS

counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink

acks/nacks received


incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each

time the preset



defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102

decrements to zero,

then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as

defined in the GSM


gprs_ms_pan_max

The gprs_ms_pan_max parameter specifies the maximum value of

the MS counter

n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink

acks/nacks received by the

MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc.

n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the preset

internal timer T3182

expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec. T3182 defines

how long the

mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements to zero,

then the MS performs

an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the GSM

standard referred to in this

description.

gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch

The gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch parameter specifies the maximum

transmit power

allowed for GPRS MSs.

gprs_network_operation_mode

The gprs_network_operation_mode parameter specifies whether a

GPRS is present

between the MSC and the SGSN.

gprs_pb

The gprs_pb parameter specifies the power reduction used by the

BTS on the BCCH

blocks.

gprs_pc_alpha

The gprs_pc_alpha is the system parameter broadcast on the

BCCH. It is used as a

multiplier of the power offset in power control calculations. The

actual multiplying factor

is one tenth of the value set in this parameter; that is, if N is the

value of this parameter,

the multiplying factor is N/10.

gprs_pc_meas_chan

The gprs_pc_meas_chan parameter specifies whether the MS

measures the received

power level on the downlink BCCH or PDCH in order to control the

uplink power.

gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch

The gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch parameter specifies the number

of idle circuit

switched resources on the GPRS carrier that must be exceeded

before a switchable

timeslot is reconfigured as a Packet Data Traffic Channel (PDTCH).

gprs_sig_bvci

The gprs_sig_bvci parameter specifies the BVCI of the signalling

source used with

GBLs.

max_ms_dl_buffer

The max_ms_dl_buffer parameter specifies the maximum size of the

downlink buffer

allocated to every MS in the cell.

max_ms_dl_rate

The max_ms_dl_rate parameter specifies the maximum rate at

which the SGSN

transmits downlink data to any MS in the cell.

ns_alive_retries

The ns_alive_retries parameter specifies the number of retries

generated to establish if

a NSVC is alive.

ns_block_retries

The ns_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries

generated to block a

NSVC.

ns_unblock_retries

The ns_unblock_retires parameter specifies the number of retries

generated to unblock

a NSVC.

nsei

The nsei parameter specifies the Network Service Entity Identifier

(NSEI) used by the

BSS over the Gb interface. There can be only one NSEI associated

with each BSS.

num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples

The num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples parameter specifies the number of

samples used to

compute the gbl_dl_data_thrput statistic.

num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples

The num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples parameter specifies the the

number of samples used

to compute the gbl_ul_data_thrput statistic.

protect_last_ts

The protect_last_ts parameter specifies the switchability of PDTCH

when there is one

(and only one) switchable PDTCH on a carrier and none are

reserved.

When protect_last_ts is set to 1, the PDTCH may not be allocated to

a voice call unless

there is no data flowing or queued for that timeslot.

When protect_last_ts is set to 0, there is no restriction and the last

remaining switchable

PDTCH can be taken for a voice call.

ra_colour

The ra_colour parameter specifies the routing area colour used in

System Information

messages for a specific cell and, therefore, indicates that GPRS is

supported in the cell.

rac

The rac parameter specifies the routing area code (RAC) which is

part of the cell

identifier for GPRS cells.

smg_gb_vers

The smg_gb_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being

adopted by the BSS over

the Gb interface.

smg_um_vers

The smg_um_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being

adopted by the BSS

over the UM interface.

t_avg_t

The t_avg_t parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C

averaging in the

Transfer state. (TAVG_W is the number of multiframes for C

averaging in the Wait state).

t_avg_w

The t_avg_w parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C

averaging in the Wait

state. (TAVG_T is the number of multiframes for C averaging in the

Transfer state).


0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

1 to 3 3

0 to 2

0 No flow control

1 XON/XOFF

2 Leaky bucket algorithm

2

1 to 3 3

1 to 3 3

0 or 1

0 First In/First Out packet scheduling

1 Earliest Deadline packet

scheduling

1

1 to 3 3

0 to 15 0 to 15 6

0 to 2

0 No power mode

1 Mode A

2 Mode B

0 to 2

0 No power mode

1 Mode A

2 Mode B

1

0 to 3 0 to 3 0

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1

0 or 1

0 Fixed mode

1 Dynamic mode

0 or 1

0 Fixed mode

1 Dynamic mode

0

0 to 7 0 to 7 1

0 to 7 0 to 7 1

0 to 7 0 to 7 3

0 to 31 0 to 31 31

1 to 3

1 Mode 1

2 Mode 2

3 Mode 3

1 to 3

1 Mode 1

2 Mode 2

3 Mode 3

1

0 to 16 1

0 to 10 1

0 or 1 0

0 to 5 1

0 to 65535 0

1600 to 20000 20000

1 to 900 900

1 to 10 3

1 to 3 3

1 to 3 3

0 to 65535 NONE

1 to 10 10

1 to 10 10

0 or 10 Last timeslot is not protected

1 Last timeslot is protected0

0 to 7 NONE

0 to 255 NONE

24 to 31 31

29 to 31 31

0 to 25 10

0 to 25 10


OMC-R GUI


The dynamic allocation of terrestrial resources

feature must be disabled for GPRS sites.

This parameter prevents GPRS usage on RTFs that

are subequipped in the database.

max_gprs_pdch must be enabled can not be set to

zero without first disabling allow_32k_trau.

Verifications must be performed to ensure that there

are enough terrestrial resources available when

max_gprs_pdch is increased and allow_32k_trau.

is enabled.

NO


is unrestricted.NO




NO

The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. NO





NO


The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. YES


This parameter can be set to a value of 1 (mode A)

or a value of 2 (mode B) only when

gprs_pc_meas_chan is set to 0 (BCCH).

This parameter cannot be set to 2 (mode B) when

gprs_mac_mode is set to 1 (dynamic mode).

YES




max_gprs_pdch must be set to a non-zero-value.



operator.


PCU.















max_gprs_pdch must be set to a non-zero-value.



operator.


PCU.













YES


This parameter can not be set to 1 (dynamic mode)

when gprs_dl_pwr_mode is set to 2 (mode B).

YES

The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by

which to decrement the MS

counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of

uplink acks/nacks received


incremented by

gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max.

Each time the preset



defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If

n3102 decrements to zero,

then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure

as defined in the GSM


YES















Sysgen mode cannot be left until the nsei parameter

has been configured by the operator.

The nsei parameter cannot be modified until all GBLs

have been locked.

YES



The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. Queuing

must be enabled and the priority sent from the MSC

in the assignment request must be a value between 1

and 14; if this is not done, the last timeslot acts like a

reserved timeslot.

YES



If the local_maintenance flag is disabled, this

parameter cannot be changed through the MMI.

YES



This parameter displays only when the value has

been set previously by the operator.

YES

The PCU must be locked. YES

The PCU must be locked. YES

NONE NO

NONE NO

DATABASE PARAMETER

dynet_tchs_reserved

Description Valid range

The dynet_tchs_reserved parameter specifies the amount of terrestrial backing

resources reserved for a changing cell when dynamic allocation is enabled for the site

containing the cell.

The system rejects this parameter if the new value causes the total terrestrial backing

resources for a BTS network to be less then the total reserved cell capacity.

The total terrestrial backing resources for a BTS network is the sum of the

terrestrial backing resources reserved on the DYNETs for the BTS network.

The total reserved cell capacity for a site is the sum of the reserved capacity for all

of the cells at the site minus the dedicated resources for the site. If this total is

less than zero, it is set at zero. The total reserved cell capacity for a BTS

networks is then the sum of the total reserved cell capacity of the dynamic

allocation BTSs in the BTS network.

0 to 32


OMC-R GUI

0 to 32 0

This parameter is not available unless the containing

site is configured to support dynamic allocation.

The parameter is invalid for the BSC (location 0).

The system will reject the command if the cell_desc

equals all.

The Dynamic Allocation option must be in operation.

NO


ber_loss_daily

The ber_loss_daily parameter specifies the daily

Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm threshold.

An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this


3 to 6

ber_loss_hourly

The ber_loss_hourly parameter specifies the

hourly Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm

threshold.

This parameter represents the exponent of

threshold BER. For example, 3 would be the

exponent value of 103, indicating 1 bit error in

1000 bits.

An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this


3 to 6

hdsl_losw_oos

The hdsl_losw_oos parameter specifies the HDSL

Loss of Sync Word (LOSW) out of

service (OOS) alarm period. The system takes the

HDSL link out of service if the sync

word is not received for the hdsl_losw_oos period.

0 to 3598

hdsl_losw_restore

The hdsl_losw_restore parameter defines the

HDSL Loss of Sync Word (LOSW)

restoration period. If the sync word is received for

the hdsl_losw_restore_period, the

system restores the HDSL link back into service

(INS).

0 to 65534

hdsl_snr_daily

The hdsl_snr_daily parameter defines the HDSL

Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) daily

alarm level. If the SNR alarm level drops below

the hdsl_snr_daily threshold for an

accumulated period of

hdsl_snr_daily_mon_period within a given 24 hour

period, a

daily alarm is generated.

6 to 44

hdsl_snr_hourly

The hdsl_snr_hourly parameter sets the threshold

period for the hourly signal to noise

ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below the

hdsl_snr_hourly threshold for an


hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60

minute period,


8 to 44

hdsl_snr_hourly_period

The hdsl_snr_hourly_period parameter sets the

threshold period for the hourly signal

to noise ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below

the hdsl_snr_hourly threshold for an


hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60

seconds period,


0 to 3598

hdsl_snr_oos

The hdsl_snr_oos parameter specifies the SNR

threshold level for the HDSL Signal to

Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is continuously

monitored by the system. If the SNR

level drops below the hdsl_snr_oos threshold for

more than hdsl_oos_mon_period,

the HDSL link is taken Out Of Service (OOS).

6 to 44

hdsl_snr_restore

The hdsl_snr_restore parameter specifies the

SNR threshold level for the HDSL Signal

to Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is

continuously monitored by the system. If the

SNR level rises above the hdsl_snr_restore

threshold for more than

hdsl_oos_mon_period, the HDSL link is restored

to service.

6 to 44

land_layer1_mode

The land_layer1_mode parameter specifies the

layer 1 mode of the land network

TELCO connection type. Only the 2.048 Mbit/s –

CEPT format is currently supported.

All BTS site values are set to the BSC value.

This parameter may be set only while in the initial

SYSGEN mode. All BTS site values

are set to BSC (site 0) value when the database is

loaded initially.

0 or 1

red_loss_daily

The red_loss_daily parameter specifies the

synchronization loss, daily alarm level count

on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the

synchronization loss meets or exceeds the


0 to 65535

red_loss_hourly

The red_loss_hourly parameter specifies the

synchronization loss, daily alarm level

count on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the

synchronization loss meets or exceeds the


0 to 65535

red_loss_oos

The red_loss_oos parameter specifies the

synchronization loss, Out Of Service (OOS)

daily alarm level count for a T1 circuit. The T1

circuit is be taken OOS if the

synchronization loss meets or exceeds this

threshold during a given 24 hour period.

0 to 65535

red_loss_restore

The red_loss_restore parameter specifies the

synchronization loss, restorable time limit

for a T1 circuit. If a synchronization loss error

does not occur within this period of time,

the T1 circuit is brought back in service. The

synchronization loss is controlled by the

value assigned to the red_loss_oos parameter.

0 to 65535

red_time_oos

The red_time_oos parameter specifies the

synchronization loss time for a T1 circuit. If

synchronization is lost for this period of time, the

T1 circuit is taken Out Of Service

(OOS).

0 to 65535

red_time_restore

The red_time_restore parameter specifies the

synchronization loss restart time for a T1

link. If synchronization loss does not occur within

this period of time, the T1 link returns

to service.

0 to 65535

sync_loss_daily

The sync_loss_daily parameter specifies the

threshold for the synchronization loss daily

alarm level count. An alarm generates if the

number of synchronization loss alarms

meets or exceeds this threshold during a 24 hour

period.

0 to 65535

sync_loss_hourly

The sync_loss_hourly parameter specifies the

threshold for the synchronization loss

hourly alarm level count . An alarm generates if

the number of sync loss alarms meets or

exceeds this threshold during a 60 minute period.

0 to 65535

sync_loss_oos

The sync_loss_oos parameter specifies the

threshold for the synchronization loss, Out

Of Service (OOS) daily alarm level count. The 2

Mbit/s circuit is taken out of service if

the number of sync loss alarms meets or exceeds

this threshold during a 24 hour period.

0 to 65535

sync_loss_restore

The sync_loss_restore parameter specifies the

synchronization loss restorable time

period for a sync_loss_oos_alarm. If a

synchronization loss alarm does not occur

within this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought

back in service.

0 to 65535

sync_time_oos

The sync_time_oos parameter specifies the

synchronization loss time period. If

synchronization is lost for this period, the 2 Mbit/s

circuit is taken Out Of Service (OOS).

0 to 65535

sync_time_restore

The sync_time_restore parameter specifies the

synchronization loss restorable time

period. If synchronization returns for this period,

the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought back in

service.

0 to 65535


The trunk_critical_threshold parameter specifies

the severity assignment of certain

alarms. The value of this parameter is a

percentage of total trunk capacity.

A critical alarm is assigned when the percentage

of trunk capacity loss exceeds the

trunk_critical_threshold parameter value. A major

alarm is assigned when the

percentage of trunk capacity loss is greater than

or equal to the trunk_major_threshold

parameter value but is less than the

trunk_critical_threshold parameter value.

A trunk_critical_threshold value of 0 insures that

Critical is always the severity

assignment if there is any capacity loss.

0 to 100


The trunk_major_threshold parameter specifies

the severity assignment of certain

alarms. The value of this parameter is a

percentage of total trunk capacity.

A major alarm is assigned when the percentage of

trunk capacity loss exceeds the

trunk_major_threshold parameter value but is less

than the trunk_critical_threshold

parameter value.

A minor alarm is assigned when the percentage of

trunk capacity loss is less than the

trunk_major_threshold parameter value.

0 to 99


Represents the exponent of threshold

BER. For example, 3

would be the exponent value of 103,

indicating 1 bit error in

1000 bits.

6 NONE

4 NONE

6





site.






6





site.






Represents 3 dB to 22 dB, as shown

below:

6 = 3 dB

7 = 3.5 dB

8 = 4 dB

.

.

.

44 = 22 dB

16





site.







below:

8 = 4 dB

9 = 4.5 dB

10 = 5 dB

.

.

.

44 = 22 dB

18





Changing this parameter affects all master

modems


site.

All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical to

the


This parameter may only be changed if

the HDSL


This parameter may only be changed at

an

M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or

Horizoncompact site.

Changing this parameter affects all

master modems

equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the

local


All slave modem alarm thresholds are

identical to the


20






modems




the



below:

6 = 3 dB

7 = 3.5 dB

8 = 4 dB

.

.

.

44 = 22 dB

14

This parameter may be changed only if the HDSL





modems


site.


the


The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than

the



below:

6 3 dB

7 3.5 dB

8 4 dB

.

.

.

44 22 dB

16






modems


site.


the


The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than

the


0 2.048 Mbit/s - CEPT format (E1)

1 1.544 Mbit/s - T1 link0

The value of this parameter may be specified for

the

BSC (site 0) only while in the initial SYSGEN

mode.

The value of this parameter may not be changed

if

any MSIs or BTS sites are equipped.

land_layer1_mode cannot be changed to 1 (T1)

unless mms_config_type = 0.

Horizonoffice BTS sites support E1 (2.048 Mbit/s -

CEPT format) BSC-BTS links only. This

parameter

must be set to E1 before a Horizonoffice cabinet

can

be equipped. This parameter cannot be changed

at

Horizonoffice BTS sites.

If the GPRS feature is unrestricted and a PCU is

equipped, this parameter must be set to 0 (E1).

16 NONE

20 NONE

511 NONE




.


.

65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500

milliseconds

6000 NONE




.


.

65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500

milliseconds

25 NONE




.


.

65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500

milliseconds

150 NONE

16This parameter must be less than

sync_loss_hourly.


sync_loss_daily.

511 NONE



.


.

65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500

milliseconds

6000 NONE



.


.

65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500

milliseconds

25 NONE



.


.

65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500

milliseconds

150 NONE

50

This parameter must be greater than the value

assigned to the trunk_major_threshold parameter

unless both values are set to 0.


50

This parameter must be less than the value

assigned

to the trunk_critical_threshold parameter unless

both values are set to 0.


Supported by

OMC-R GUI

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

DATABASE PARAMETER

ciph_mode_rej_allowed

dnlk_vad_dtx

dr_ho_during_assign

early_classmark_sending

efr_enabled

max_rst_ckt_timer_exps

ni

option_alg_a5_1

option_alg_a5_2

option_alg_a5_3

option_alg_a5_4

option_alg_a5_5

option_alg_a5_6

option_alg_a5_7

option_emergency_preempt

override_speech_version

rtf_path_enable

sccp_bssap_mgt

ss7_mode

ssm_critical_overload_thresh

old

ssm_normal_overload_thres

hold

stat_interval

ul_audio_lev_offset

volume_control_type

Description Valid range

The ciph_mode_rej_allowed parameter enables or disables the Cipher Mode Reject

message to be sent to the MSC. This message generates when the Cipher Mode

Command message from the MSC specifies ciphering that the BSS cannot perform.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

The dnlk_vad_dtx parameter enables or disables downlink Voice Activated

Detection/Discontinuous Transmission (VAD/DTX) at the RXCDR or at the local

transcoding BSC.

If VAD is disabled, no silence/voice detection takes place and no DTX is possible for

speech calls, regardless of the value of dl_dtx_voice_data.

This parameter replaces the xcdr_d_vad_dtx command.

0 or 1

The dr_ho_during_assign parameter determines if a handover is handled during an

assignment procedure.



This parameter is not read if the dr_preference parameter is disabled.

0 or 1

The early_classmark_sending parameter specifies the following:

Whether the BSS suppresses the early sending of the Classmark Update message

to the MSC.

Whether an MS is allowed to send an early Classmark Change message.

0 to 3

The efr_enabled parameter enables or disables the Enhanced Full Rate (EFR).

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

The max_rst_ckt_timer_exps parameter specifies the number of times that the Reset

Circuit message is repeated if there is no answer from the MSC.0 to 100

The ni parameter specifies the Network Indicator (NI) that establishes a method of

differentiation between international and national messages.0 to 3

The option_alg_a5_1 parameter enables or disables the encryption algorithm A5/1. 0 or 1







The option_emergency_preempt parameter enables or disables the emergency call

preemption option. The emergency call preemption feature enables the BSS to provide

access for emergency calls regardless of other traffic currently on the BSS. An

emergency call is identified in the RACH burst from the MS.

0 or 1

The override_speech_version parameter specifies a speech version when multiple

speech versions are included in a Handover Request or Assignment message from the

MSC. The choices are:

The first speech version that is supported by the BSS from the list of speech

versions provided by the MSC.

The Full Rate speech version by preference.

The Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) by preference.

0 to 2

The rtf_path_enable parameter enables or disables the RTF Fault Containment feature. 0 or 1

The sccp_bssap_mgt parameter enables or disables ITU-TSS SCCP Management.

When enabled, the BSS detects Signalling Point Inaccessible and loss of BSSAP

subsystem. The BSS also handles the following messages: User Part Unavailable

(UPU), Subsystem prohibited (SSP), Subsystem Allowed (SSA), and Subsystem Test

(SST). (Use with Ericsson MSC)

When disabled, the BSS always responds to an SST with an SSA message. This flag

should be set only if the MSC does ITU-TSS SCCP Management.

All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned to site 0.

0 or 1

The ss7_mode parameter specifies the type of SS#7 for the BSC. This parameter

permits the ITU or ANSI version to be selected.

The ITU C7 version is consistent with the GSM specifications. The ANSI version is used

to support PCS1900 applications in the United States.

This parameter can only be changed when the user is in SYSGEN ON mode. It can only

be changed for site 0. All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned to site 0.

0 or 1

The ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter indicates the usage of call information

blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to the maximum number

of calls the SSM can handle (400). After this threshold has been met or exceeded, no

MS originated calls are allowed. The remaining SSM resources are used to

accommodate handover of existing calls. Every time the usage meets or exceeds this

threshold, two access classes are barred. This number has to be greater than the


0 to 100


information blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to the

maximum number of calls the SSM can handle. Every time the usage equals or exceeds


0 to 100

The stat_interval parameter sets the time, in minutes, that the statistics file is reported

to the OMC-R.

If the operator fails to reset the interval to 30 minutes, the OMC-R calculations of the Key

Statistics and Health Indicators are interrupted for the entire period until the interval is

reset.

Although any value between 5 and 60 minutes is valid, the OMC-R only parses uploaded

statistics files if this attribute is set to 30 or 60 minutes.

5 to 60

The ul_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies the uplink volume control offset on a per

BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps with a maximum increase or decrease of 30 dB

(between –15 dB and 15 dB).

Changes take effect immediately (including active calls).

The audio level parameters affect background and comfort noise. The audio level


(-15 to 15)

The volume_control_type parameter enables or disables uplink and downlink Volume

Control. The volume can be changed at either an RXCDR or at a BSC. The effect

depends on the equipment configuration (GDPs or DRIs equipped), and the value of

volume_control_type to use DRIs (0) or GDP volume control (1).

0 or 1


valueDependencies

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

This parameter only applies to the BSC (location =

0).

0 Enabled

1 Disabled0

Must be executed in SYSGEN mode.

This parameter can be displayed or changed only at

sites where transcoding is enabled (RXCDR or local

transcoding BSC).

When enabled, the dnlk_vad_dtx parameter makes

the dl_dtx_voice_data parameter alive.

0 Ignore the need of a

handover until the

assignment procedure

is complete.

1 Act on the need for a

handover during the

assignment

procedure.

0







retry is supported only within the BSS (not across the



This parameter requires the Directed Retry option.

This parameter requires that dr_preference be

enabled.

0 Disabled across both the A-

interface and the

Air-interface

1 Enabled on A-interface,

disabled on Air-interface

2 Disabled on A-interface,

enabled on Air-interface

3 Enabled across both the A-

interface and the

Air-interface

0

The Multiband Inter-cell Handover feature must be

enabled.

This parameter can only be changed at the BSC

(location = 0), but it can be viewed at any site within a

specified BSS.

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0

The EFR feature must be unrestricted.

This parameter cannot be enabled if the

handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter is

disabled.

This parameter is only valid at BSC or RXCDR

locations (location = 0).

The bss_id is only valid at a RXCDR site.

The value 0 means the

system keeps sending the

“Reset

Circuit” message indefinitely.

1 This parameter only applies to the BSC.

0 International Network

1 Spare (for international

use only)

2 National Network

3 Reserved for national use

NONEThe MTL must be locked then unlocked for the

change to take effect.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0


The Multiple Encryption feature must be unrestricted.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0



0 Disabled

1 Enabled0



0 Disabled

1 Enabled0



0 Disabled

1 Enabled0



0 Disabled

1 Enabled0



0 Disabled

1 Enabled0



0 Disabled

1 Enabled0 This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR.

0 No override (First

supported speech version as

supplied by the MSC)

1 Full Rate (GSM speech full

rate version 1)

2 Enhanced Full Rate (GSM

speech full rate

version 2)

0

This parameter is not allowed at the RXCDR.

This parameter is only applied at the BSC (location 0).

The EFR feature must be enabled to change this

parameter.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

The RTF Fault Containment option must be

unrestricted to use this parameter.


0 Disabled

1 Enabled1



parameter.

0 ITU version

1 ANSI version0

The system checks the values of the opc and dpc

variables and compares them to the value of

ss7_mode. If the ranges are not compatible, the

system rejects the changes.

This parameter requires a location value of “0” or

“bsc.”

80

Must be greater than the



70




30Must be set to 30 or 60 minutes to align with the

OMC-R.

0


ul_audio_lev_offset application. If

volume_control_type = 1, then the

ul_audio_lev_offset parameter only applies to sites

equipped with GDP boards. The GDP firmware

controls the volume level by converting the audio

level bits for the entered offset.


0 CCDSP Volume Control

1 GDP Volume Control0

The Generic DSP Processor (GDP) Volume Control

feature must be available.

If volume_control_type is set to 1, the BSS must be

equipped with GDP boards, unless remote

transcoding, when RXCDR must contain a GDP

board to serve the BSS.

CCDSP (Channel Coding Digital Signal Processor)

volume control cannot be directly initiated from an

RXCDR. (There are no DRIs at the RXCDR).

However, by setting the parameter to 0 at the BSC

and at the RXCDR, CCDSP (DRI) volume control is

used in this BSS.

The parameters ul_audio_lev_offset and

dl_audio_lev_offset must be set to 0 before

changing volume_control_type.


Supported by

OMC-R GUI

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES


bsc_typeThe bsc_type parameter specifies the BSC

configuration type.1 or 2

cic_error_clr_threshold

The cic_error_clr_threshold parameter

specifies the CIC error count clearing

threshold

at the BSC. When the error count reaches or

falls below this threshold the alarm clears.

0 to 253

cic_error_decrement

The cic_error_decrement parameter

specifies the CIC error decrement value. The

system updates the CIC error count by this

value whenever a successful call is made.

For example, if cic_error_decrement is set to

two, each successful call decreases the

error count by two and two successful calls

decrease the count by four.

1 to 127

cic_error_gen_threshold

The cic_error_gen_threshold parameter

specifies the CIC error count threshold at the

BSC. Once this threshold is reached, further

CIC errors do not increase the CIC error

count. When this threshold is reached or

exceeded an alarm is generated.

If the error count threshold is exceeded, the

error count resets to the error count

threshold value.

2 to 255

cic_error_increment

The cic_error_increment parameter specifies

the CIC error increment value. The

system updates the CIC error count by this

value whenever an error is detected.

For example, if cic_error_increment is set to

two. each detected error increases the

error count by two, so that two errors are

counted as four.

0 Disabled

1 to 255 CIC

error

increment

value

cic_validation

The cic_validation parameter enables or

disables the CIC (Circuit Identity Code)

validation.

yes or no

clk_src_fail_reset_period

The clk_src_fail_reset_period parameter

specifies the length of time for which the

OOS

count is kept for the MMSs at a site. At the

end of the reset period, all of the MMS OOS

counts are reset to zero.

The OOS counts are used in the selection

process for an MMS as a reference clock for

GCLK synchronization. If several MMSs have

the same value assigned to the

mms_priority parameter, the MMS with the

lowest OOS count is selected.

1 to 255

cp_option_reset_cktThe cp_option_reset_ckt parameter enables

and disables the reset circuit feature.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

cp_option_rr_status

The cp_option_rr_status parameter enables

and disables the radio resource status.

If this is enabled, the BSS can generate the

4.08 radio resource status message to the

MS.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

cr_calling

This parameter enables or disables the

calling party address being included in the

SCCP

message Connection Request.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

dl_audio_lev_offset

The dl_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies

the downlink volume control offset on a

per BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps

with a maximum increase or decrease of 30

dB (between –15 dB and 15 dB).

The audio level parameters affect

background and comfort noise. The audio

level


–15 to +15

eas_alarm

The eas_alarm parameter is the text

component of the EAS (External Alarm

System)

alarm table. The EAS alarm table consists of

34 indexed pairs consisting of a text

component and a severity level. The text

component and severity level are assigned

when the EAS alarm table is initialized using

the chg_eas_alarm command. The text

component of an indexed pair may only be

changed using the chg_eas_alarm

command.

The index number uniquely identifies each

text and severity pair in the EAS alarm table.

Index numbers are required to specify which

of the 34 pairs to display. Index values are 0

to 33.

Up to 24

alphanumeric

characters

(including

spaces)

eas_alarm_type

The eas_alarm_type parameter specifies

one of the EAS (External Alarm System)

alarm table elements to one of eight

optocouplers of an addressed PIX card. The

eas_alarm_type value corresponds to the

index number identifying the location of a text

and severity level pair.

Index numbers are required to specify which

of the 34 pairs to display. Index values are

0 to 33.

The disp_element command displays the

optocouplers and indexed alarm text and

severity pairs assigned with the

map_eas_opto command.

The output of the disp_element command

appears in the form:

eas_alarm_type = x y x y x y x y x y

where each x corresponds to an opto# and

each y corresponds to an alarm text and

severity pair.

0 to 33

eas_report_opto

The eas_report_opto parameter specifies

whether or not each of the eight optocouplers

(optos) on a specific PIX card will report state

changes.

Index numbers are required. Index numbers

are used to identify the desired EAS device.

Index values are assigned during installation.

The output of the disp_element command

appears in the form:

eas_report_opto = 1 = ON 2 = ON 3 = OFF 4

= ON 5 = OFF 6 = ON 7 = ON 8 = ON

where 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, and 8 report state

changes but 3 and 5 do not.

0 or 1

eas_severity

The eas_severity parameter specifies the

severity level component of the EAS

(External

Alarm System) alarm table.

The index number uniquely identifies each

text and severity pair in the EAS alarm table.

The EAS alarm table consists of 34 indexed

pairs consisting of a text component and a

severity level. The text component and

severity level are assigned when the EAS

alarm

table is initialized using the chg_eas_alarm

command. The severity component may be

changed using either the chg_element or the

chg_eas_alarm command. If the

chg_eas_alarm command is used, it permits

the alarm text to be changed at the same

time.

“Clear” is a valid alarm condition, but it is not

a valid alarm severity setting. All alarms of

severity levels 0 to 4 can receive a “clear”

indication for the original pegging of an alarm

when a system is running.

0 to 4

0 Investigate

1 Critical

2 Major

3 Minor

4 Warning

gclk_qwarm_flag

The gclk_qwarm_flag parameter specifies

the amount of time required by the active

GCLK to warm up. It has no effect on the

standby GCLK.

If this parameter is disabled, the active

GCLK with hardware revision 9 or greater

will require 15 minutes to warm up, while

older GCLKs will require 30 minutes.

If this parameter is enabled, the software

overrides the hardware timer on the

active GCLK and brings it into service after

15 minutes using the Fast GCLK

Warmup feature. This 15 minute period

begins when the site is initialized.

This parameter is only valid for GCLK

boards.

0 or 1

global_reset_repetitions

The global_reset_repetitions parameter

allows the “Reset” message to be sent

indefinitely if Reset Ack is not received, or

stops sending the “Reset” message after a

fixed number of repetitions. The global reset

procedure repeats is only if the MSC fails to

acknowledge the BSS. After the fixed

number of repetitions, an alarm is generated.

If the value is set to 0, the global reset

message repeats continuously until a Reset

Ack is

received.

If the value is set to a value greater than 0,

the global reset message repeats the

number

of times entered and the alarm: No MSC

Acknowledgement for Global Reset is

generated.

0 to 255

gproc_slots

The gproc_slots parameter specifies the

number of timeslots to be allocated to all

GPROCs for the TDM highway. It is possible

to configure different functions on each of

the 32 channels. The system supports 16 or

32 timeslots for assignment to the TDM

highway.

This parameter is not allowed at

Horizonoffice BTS sites. 32 timeslots are

automatically

assigned to the TDM highway for


This parameter is not allowed at M-Cell sites.

16 or 32

16 16 TDM

timeslots

32 32 TDM

timeslots

(only valid

with

GPROC2

boards).

group_block_unblock_allow

ed

The group_block_unblock_allowed

parameter allows the operator to make the A

interface more efficient, by enabling support

of the group blocking/unblocking procedure,

if MSC supports circuit group block and

unblock messages.

This parameter is only valid at the BSC

(location = 0).

If this parameter is enabled, the following

„group block‟ messages are sent to the MSC:

Circuit Group Block

Circuit Group Unblock

If this parameter is disabled, the following

„single circuit block‟ messages are sent to

the

MSC:

Block

Unblock

0 or 1

illegal_circuit_id

The illegal_circuit_id parameter is used as an

identifier to describe a circuit that is

never used. This parameter is used as an

internal place holder in call processing to

show that no circuit has been assigned to a

call. The value may be changed to permit a

customer to specify the circuit ID to be used

as the illegal_circuit_id. If the value is not

changed, a Motorola specified

illegal_circuit_id is assigned.

0 to 65535

ksw_config

The ksw_config parameter specifies the

order in which the timeslots are borrowed

from

neighbouring cages. Each KSW pair

provides 1024 timeslots. When there are no

more

timeslots available, the system borrows

timeslots from neighbouring cages.

0 to 3

local_maintenance

The local_maintenance parameter specifies

whether or not database elements that can

be configured via the OMC-R interface can

be modified from a local maintenance

terminal or from an rlogin. This is used to

synchronize the database in the BSS and the

data modelled in the OMC-R MIB.

0 or 1

lta_alarm_range

The lta_alarm_range parameter specifies the

alarm range on the allowed Long Term

Average (LTA) variation. Temperature

changes can cause the frequency generated

by

the VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal

Oscillator) to vary. The default range (7) is

sufficient to compensate for normal day to

day variations in temperature. This value

should not be changed unless it is known

that the MMS or uplink clock is faulty.

The LTA is a rolling average of the values

read from the clock frequency register

(CLKFREQ) of each GCLK once every half

hour after synchronization if the GCLK is

phase locked. Up to 48 clock frequency

readings are stored. These stored readings

are

used to calculate the LTA. An alarm will be

generated if 25% or more of the stored

readings differ from the calculated LTA by

more than the value that is specified by the

lta_alarm_range parameter.

The CLKFREQ register is used to maintain

the correct frequency generated by the

VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal

Oscillator). The register centre value is 80h.

1 to 255

ltu_fw_auto_download

The ltu_fw_auto_download parameter

specifies if Horizonoffice HDSL modem

devices

are to be downloaded automatically with new

firmware when it is made available.

A warning prompt displays when this

parameter is enabled:

WARNING: RF Unit MMSs will be cycled if a

firmware download is required

Are you sure (y=yes,n=no)?

0 or 1

mmi_cell_id_format

The mmi_cell_id_format parameter specifies

the format that the MMI command line

accepts for the GSM Cell Identification

number. The formats available are: 4-

parameter

and 7-parameter.

0 or 1

mms_cat_enable

The mms_cat_enabled parameter enables or

disables the MMS Critical Alarm

Threshold (CAT).

When enabled, the MMS CAT triggers if

alarm conditions cause the MMS to go in and

out of service 10 times within a 10 minute

period. The MMS then is taken out of service

until a lock-unlock is performed. When the

MMS is returned to service, the MMS CAT

message displays.

When disabled, the MMS remains in service

even if the MMS CAT is met or exceeded.

0 or 1

mms_config_type

The mms_config_type parameter specifies

the signalling type for all MMSs. The

signalling type depends on the carrier type

being used, E1 or T1. This value may not be

changed after the database is initially loaded.

The parameter may only be set while in the

initial SYSGEN ON mode. All BTS site or

PCU values are set to the value assigned to

the BSC (site 0) or PCU (pcu) when the

database is initially loaded.

0 or 1

msc_qt

The msc_qt parameter specifies a defined

idle bit pattern for use by the Transcoder

Rate

Adaption Unit (TRAU) and the MSC.

The idle pattern is defined in the GSM

specification (see References below) as:

The idle pattern must be transmitted on

every timeslot that is not assigned to a

channel, and on every timeslot of a channel

that is not allocated to a call. The idle

pattern should be 01010100.

The binary pattern 01010100 corresponds to

decimal 84 which is the default value of this

parameter.

This parameter must correspond to the MSC

value for an idle PCM sample on the A

interface. When the XCDR receives this

value from the MSC in all PCM samples in its

20 ms frame, it outputs a TRAU idle speech

frame. In the uplink, this parameter sets the

value of PCM that the XCDR outputs to the

MSC before the XCDR has achieved TRAU

sync with the CCU in the DRI.

Once this value has been set to match the

MSC idle pattern, it does not require any

further changes.

0 to 255

(representing

bit patterns

00000000 to

11111111)

mtl_loadshare_granularity

The mtl_loadshare_granularity parameter

sets the loadshare granularity across MTL

links.

0 or 1

pcr_enable

The pcr_enable parameter enables or

disables the PCR error correction method.

This

method is used when transferring messages

between the MSC and the BSC (via the A

interface).

If PCR is enabled, then:



0 or 1

pcr_n1

The pcr_n1 parameter specifies the

maximum number of message units to be

retained

for retransmission for the PCR Error

Correction method.

32 to 127

pcr_n2

The pcr_n2 parameter specifies the

maximum number of message unit octets to

be

retained for retransmission for the PCR Error

Correction method.

950 to 3750

phase2_classmark_allowed

The phase2_classmark_allowed parameter

defines the format of the classmark

parameter sent to the MSC based on GSM

phases.

0 to 2

phase2_resource_ind_allow

ed

The phase2_resource_ind_allowed

parameter specifies the GSM Phase format

the

BSS uses to send Resource Request


If this parameter is set to 0, the BSS sends

the messages in the GSM Phase 1 format.

If this parameter is set to 1, the BSS sends

the messages in the GSM Phase 2 format.

0 or 1

phase_lock_gclk

The phase_lock_gclk parameter enables or

disables phase locking for the GCLK board

at a site.

Phase locking means the GCLK board is

synchronized with the clock of the MMS

selected as determined by the mms_priority

value. The mms_priority value is specified

using the modify_value command.

0 or 1

pool_gproc_preemption

The pool_gproc_preemption parameter

specifies what type of preemption to use for

pool GPROCs.

When a pool GPROC running a function

goes OOS and there are no available pool

GPROCs, the INS pool GPROCs can be

searched for a lower priority function. If such

a

function is found, it is “bumped” from its

GPROC by the higher priority function.

0 to 2

rci_error_clr_threshold

The rci_error_clr_threshold parameter

specifies the Radio Channel Identifier (RCI)

error count clearing threshold at the BSC.

When the error count reaches or falls below

this threshold the alarm clears.

0 to 253

rci_error_decrement

The rci_error_decrement parameter


error

decrement value. The system updates the

RCI error count by this value whenever a

successful call is made.

For example, if rci_error_decrement is set to

2. each successful call decreases the

error count by two, so that two successful

calls would decrease the count by 4.

1 to 127

rci_error_gen_threshold

The rci_error_gen_threshold parameter


error count threshold at the BSC. When this

threshold is reached or exceeded an alarm

generates.

Once this threshold is reached, further RCI

errors do not increase the RCI error count. If

the error count threshold is exceeded, the

error count resets to the error count

threshold

value.

2 to 255

rci_error_increment

The rci_error_increment parameter specifies

the Radio Channel Identifier (RCI) error

increment value. The system will update the

RCI error count by this value whenever an

error is detected.

For example, if rci_error_increment is set to

2. each detected error increases the error

count by two, so that two errors are counted

as 4.

0 to 255

remote_loss_daily

The remote_loss_daily parameter specifies

the threshold for the daily count of remote

alarms.

An alarm generates if this threshold is met or

exceeded during a 24 hour period.

0 to 65535

remote_loss_hourly

The remote_loss_hourly parameter specifies

the threshold for the hourly count of

remote alarms.

An alarm generates if this threshold is met or

exceeded during a 60 minute period.

0 to 65535

remote_loss_oos

The remote_loss_oos parameter specifies

the Out of Service (OOS) threshold for the

remote alarm

When this threshold is met or exceeded, the

2 Mbit/s circuit is taken OOS.

0 to 65535

remote_loss_restore

The remote_loss_restore parameter

specifies the wait time for restoring the 2

Mbit/s

circuit to service.

If no remote alarm indication errors are

detected during this wait time, the 2 Mbit/s

circuit

returns to service.

0 to 65535

remote_time_oos

The remote_time_oos parameter specifies

the remote alarm time period. If a remote

alarm exists for this amount of time, the 2

Mbit/s circuit is taken Out Of Service (OOS).

0 to 65535

remote_time_restore

The remote_time_restore parameter sets the

remote alarm restorable time. If the

remote alarm ceases for this period of time,

the 2 Mbit/s circuit returns to service.

0 to 65535

sap_audit_type

The sap_audit_type parameter specifies the

type of audit to be run on a device at a

specific site.

0 to 2, 255

sap_device_type

The sap_device_type parameter specifies

the type of device on which an audit runs at a

specific site.

N/A

sap_end_time

The sap_end_time parameter specifies the

ending time for a device audit.

When this parameter is displayed using the

disp_element command, the time is

presented in military standard time or GMT

(such as sap_end_time = 13:45).

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to

59

sap_interval

The sap_interval parameter specifies the

interval for a device audit.




(such as sap_interval = 13:45).

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to

59

sap_start_time

The sap_start_time parameter specifies the

start time for a device audit.




(such as sap_end_time = 13:45).

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to

59

slip_loss_daily

The slip_loss_daily parameter specifies the

threshold for the frame slip daily alarm

count. An alarm generates if the count of

frame slips meets or exceeds this threshold

in

a 24 hour period.

0 to 65535

slip_loss_hourly

The slip_loss_hourly parameter specifies the

threshold for the frame slip hourly alarm

level count. An alarm generated if the count

of frame slips exceeds this threshold in a 60

minute period.

0 to 65535

slip_loss_oos

The slip_loss_oos parameter specifies the

threshold for the frame slip out of service

(OOS) alarm level count. The 2 Mbit/s circuit

is taken out of service if the number of

frame slips exceeds this threshold during a

24 hour period.

0 to 65535

slip_loss_restore

The slip_loss_restore parameter specifies

the frame slip restorable time period. If no

errors occur during this period, the 2 Mbit/s

circuit is brought back into service.

0 to 65535

ssp_burst_delay

The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the

length of time between the bursts of data.

The number of messages in each burst are

specified by the ssp_burst_limit parameter.

Statistical information is forwarded from the

Site Statistics Process (SSP) to the Central


0 to 2500

ssm_normal_overload_thre

shold

The ssm_normal_overload_threshold

parameter indicates the usage of call

information blocks, as expressed by the ratio

of the number of active calls to the

maximum number of calls the SSM can

handle. Every time the usage equals or

exceeds

this threshold, one access class will be

barred.

0 to 100

ssp_burst_delay

The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the

length of time between the bursts of data.

The number of messages in each burst are

specified by the ssp_burst_limit parameter.


Site Statistics Process (SSP) to the Central


0 to 2500

ssp_burst_limit

The ssp_burst_limit parameter specifies the

number of messages included in each

burst. The length of time between bursts is

specified by the ssp_burst_delay

parameter.


Site Statistical Process (SSP) to the Central

Statistical Process (CSP) in bursts.

1 to 65535

swfm_enable

The swfm_enable parameter enables or

disables Software Fault Management

(SWFM)

alarm messages to be reported to all local

MMI terminals that have alarm reporting

enabled.

This parameter affects the entire BSS.

0 or 1

unequipped_circuit_allowed

The unequipped_circuit_allowed parameter

specifies the system response when a

terrestrial circuit becomes unequipped. The

options are:

Sending an alarm to the OMC-R.

Sending an “unequipped circuit” message

to the MSC.

Sending both an alarm to the OMC-R and

an “unequipped circuit” message to the

MSC.

0 to 2

wait_for_reselection

The wait_for_reselection parameter specifies

the length of time before choosing an

MMS for clock extraction after a GCLK has

had a CLKX reference failure alarm. If the

MMS providing clock extraction is INS after

the time period has expired, it is left as the

clock extraction source.

0 to 86400


valueDependencies

Supported by

OMC-R GUI

1 Non Abis, only BSP

and LCF

2 Non Abis, BSP, LCF

and OMF

1

The value of this parameter may be

specified for the

BSC (site 0) only while in the initial

SYSGEN mode.

This command is only available for the

BSC

(location=0).

NO

0 to 253 0

cic_error_clr_threshold must be less than

cic_error_rate_monitor.



cic_error_decrement must be greater

than or equal

to two.

YES

1 to 127 1

cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger

than


cic_error_gen threshold minus



than or equal

to two.

YES

2 to 255 6

cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger

than





than or equal

to two.

YES

0 Disabled

1 to 255 CIC error

increment value

1 NONE YES

yes or no NONE

This parameter may not be changed if the

dynamic

allocation mode is enabled.

YES

1 to 255 24 NONE NO

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 NONE NO

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

1 NONE NO

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

NONE

This parameter only applies to the BSC

(location =

0).

NO

–15 to +15 0

The volume_control_type parameter

controls the

dl_audio_lev_offset application:


dl_audio_lev_offset parameter does not

have

any effect at RXCDR sites.


dl_audio_lev_offset parameter only

applies to

sites equipped with GDP boards. The

GDP

firmware controls the volume level by

converting the audio level bits for the

entered

offset.

YES

Up to 24 alphanumeric

characters (including

spaces)

NONE NONE NO

0 to 33 NONE NONE NO

0 Disabled

1 EnabledNONE NONE NO

0 to 4

0 Investigate

1 Critical

2 Major

3 Minor

4 Warning

NONE NONE NO

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0

The Fast GCLK Warmup feature must be

unrestricted.

The GCLK version must be V9 or later.

YES

0 to 255 NONE

This parameter does not apply to RXCDR

sites.

This parameter applies to only BSC sites.

YES

16 or 32

16 16 TDM timeslots

32 32 TDM timeslots

(only valid with GPROC2

boards).

16

This parameter may not be modified if

any BSP, BTP,

DHP, GPROC, or MSI is equipped.

YES

0 Disabled - BSS sends

only ‘single circuit

block/unblock’ messages

to the MSC.

1 Enabled - BSS sends

only ‘group block/unblock’


0

This parameter is only valid at the BSC.


sites.

YES


None

Changing this parameter is not allowed at

M-Cell

sites.

YES

0 Disabled

1 Enabled1

Place the system in the SYSGEN ON

mode before

using the chg_element command to

change this

parameter.

YES

7 NONE YES

0 Disabled

1 Enabled1

This parameter is valid only at



1 4-parameter format0

The system must be in SYSGEN ON

mode to modify

this parameter.

PCS1900 systems accept only the four

parameter

cell number format.

This parameter is valid only at the BSC.

YES

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0 NONE YES

If land_layer1_mode = 0

(2.048 Mbit/s E1 link)

then:

0 CRC-4

1 No CRC-4

If land_layer1_mode = 1

(1.544 Mbit/s T1 link)

then:

0 ESF

0

The value of the land_layer1_mode

parameter:

S For E1 systems (land_layer1_mode

=0), the

value of this parameter can be changed

at any

time for any site. If executed outside

SYSGEN

mode, a warning message saying the

MMSs

must be reset to have the change take

effect at

that site will display.

S mms_config_type cannot be changed

to 1 if

land_layer1_mode = 1 (T1).

The value of mms_config_type must be

the same at

the BSC and the PCU sites.

YES

84

(represent

ing bit

pattern

01010100

)

Place the system in SYSGEN ON mode YES

0 16 virtual circuits

(regular granularity)

1 64 virtual circuits

(enhanced granularity)

0

If the element is changed in SYSGEN ON

mode, the

change takes effect immediately.

YES

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0


You must reset the BSC when changing

this

parameter for the change to take effect.

YES






with Multiband



1 GSM Phase 2 formatNone This parameter only applies to the BSC. YES

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0 NONE YES

0 No replacement

1 Replacement based on

function priority

2 Replacement based on

function and intrafunction

priorities


0

rci_error_gen threshold minus


rci_error_decrement must be greater than

or equal

to 2.

This parameter only applies to the BSC or

RXCDR.

YES

1




or equal

to 2.

This parameter only applies to the BSC or

RXCDR.

YES

6




or equal

to 2.

This parameter applies only to the BSC or

RXCDR.

YES

0 = disable this feature

1 to 255 =

rci_error_increment

value

1This parameter only applies to the BSC or

RXCDR.YES

16 NONE YES

20 NONE YES

511 NONE YES

0 0 seconds 0

milliseconds

1 0.1 seconds 100

milliseconds

2 0.2 seconds 200

milliseconds

.

6000 600 seconds

600000 milliseconds

.

65535 6553.5 seconds

6553500 milliseconds

6000 NONE YES

0 0 seconds 0

milliseconds

1 0.1 seconds 100

milliseconds

2 0.2 seconds 200

milliseconds

.

6000 600 seconds

600000 milliseconds

.

65535 6553.5 seconds


5 NONE YES

0 0 seconds 0

milliseconds

1 0.1 seconds 100

milliseconds

2 0.2 seconds 200

milliseconds

.

6000 600 seconds

600000 milliseconds

.

65535 6553.5 seconds


5 NONE YES

255

0 Safe (Safe Tests)

1 int_lpbk (Internal Loopback Tests)

2 Self test

255 No audit

YES

NONE NONE YES

Hours 0 to 23

Minutes 0 to 59NONE NONE YES

Hours 0 to 23


Hours 0 to 23


4 NONE NO


slip_loss_daily.

255 NONE YES

0 0 seconds 0

milliseconds

1 0.1 second 100

milliseconds

.

6000 600 seconds

600000 milliseconds

.

65535 6553.5 seconds


6000 NONE NO

250 NONE NO

70


ssm_critical_overload_threshold

parameter.


NO

200 NONE NO

10 NONE NO

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0 This parameter applies only to a BSC. NO

0 Send alarm to the

OMC-R

1 Send unequipped

circuit message to the

MSC

2 Send alarm to the

OMC-R and send

unequipped

circuit message to the

MSC

0


sites.


The Phase 2 optional feature which must

be

purchased.

NO

10 NONE YES



This parameter enables and disables the BSS to bar all access classes

when an

OVERLOAD message is received at the MSC.

confusion_msg_allowed

The confusion_msg_allowed parameter enables and disables the BSS

to send

Confusion messages over the A interface when an erroneous message

is received from

the MSC. If this parameter is not enabled, the system generates an

alarm instead of

sending a message to the MSC.

Valid rangeValue

description

Default

valueDependencies

Supported

by OMC-R

GUI

0 or 10 Disabled

1 Enabled0

This parameter is valid only

at a BSC.NO

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0 or 1

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

0

This parameter does not

apply to RXCDR sites.

This parameter only applies

to the BSC (location =

0).

NO


antenna_selectThe antenna_select parameter specifies the first antenna

attached to a transceiver.1 to 6

ber_oos_mon_period

The ber_oos_mon_period parameter specifies the length of time

that an in service

MMS must be above a specified Bit Error Rate (BER) before it is

taken Out Of Service

(OOS). The default value for this parameter is assigned when

MMSs are equipped

automatically on the equipping of an MSI.

1 to 60

ber_restore_mon_period

The ber_restore_mon_period parameter specifies the length of

time that an out of

service MMS must be at a 0.000001 Bit Error Rate (BER) before

it is put in service. The

default value for this parameter is assigned when MMSs are

equipped automatically on

the equipping of an MSI.

1 to 18000

bsc_cbc_operatorThe bsc_cbc_operator parameter specifies the BSC CBC

operator.

Up to 20

alphanumeric

characters


When the bss_msc_overload_allowed parameter is enabled, the

BSS bars all

accesses classes if it receives an OVERLOAD message.

0 or 1

cabinet_type The cabinet_type parameter specifies the cabinet type. 0 to 23

cavity

The cavity parameter specifies the cavity number within the

COMB device that will be

used by the DRI.

0 to 5

cbc_operator The cbc_operator parameter specifies the CBC operator.

Up to 20

alphanumeric

characters

cell_zone

The cell_zone parameter specifies the zone to which an RTF

belongs in a concentric cell

environment. If the GPRS feature is in use, GPRS carriers must

be in the outer zone of

a concentric cell.

0 or 1

chan_alloc_priority

The chan_alloc_priority parameter specifies the channel

allocation priority of an

in–service carrier.

0 to 250

cic_validation The cic_validation parameter enables or disables CIC validation. yes or no

clkx0

The clkx0 parameter specifies whether or not a CLKX (Clock

Extender) half-size board is

present for this GCLK (Generic Clock) board. For GCLK 0, the

CLKX board should be in

slot U7. For GCLK 1, the CLKX board should be in slot U4.

yes or no

clkx1






yes or no

clkx2






yes or no

combiner_address

The combiner_address parameter specifies the message

routing address for the

Combiner (COMB).

0 to 255

combiner_id

The combiner_id parameter specifies the identity of the COMB

device the DRI uses for

combining.

0 to 13

combining_type

The combining_type parameter specifies what type of combining

is associated with

each DRI.

0 to 2

cs34_enabled

The cs34_enabled parameter enables or disables the 32 kbps

TRAU feature on the

BSS.

0 or 1

ext_timeslots

The ext_timeslots parameter specifies the number of extended

range timeslots for an

RTF.

0 to 4

fm_cell_type

The fm_cell_type parameter specifies the type of cell structure

supported at the BTS in

which a specific DRI is equipped.

0 to 4

frequency_typeThe frequency_type parameter specifies the frequencies allowed

for a cabinet.1 to 15

hdsl_modem_setting

The hdsl_modem_setting parameter specifies the setting of an

integrated HDSL

modem. The possible settings are slave and master.

slave or master

hdsl_oos_mon_period

An in-service HDSL link is continuously monitored for the Signal

to Noise Ratio (SNR)

level defined by hdsl_snr_oos. If the SNR level falls below this

threshold for more than

the period specified by the hdsl_oos_mon_period device

parameter, the HDSL link is

taken out of service.

0 to 3598

hdsl_restore_mon_period

An Out Of Service (OOS) HDSL link is continuously monitored

for the Signal to Noise

Ratio (SNR) level defined by hdsl_snr_restore. If the SNR level

is maintained above

this threshold for more than the period specified by the

hdsl_restore_mon_period

device parameter, the HDSL link is brought back into service.

0 to 65534

ias_connectedThe ias_connected parameter enables or disables internal

alarms system (IAS).yes or no

int_antenna

The int_antenna parameter specifies whether or not the cabinet

contains an internal

integrated antenna.

yes or no

int_hdsl_modem

The int_hdsl_modem parameter indicates whether or not an

internal HDSL modem is

present in the cabinet.

yes or no

lapd_k

The lapd_k parameter specifies the maximum number of

unacknowledged LAPD

information frames.

1 to 10

lapd_n200The lapd_n200 parameter specifies the maximum number of

retransmissions of a frame.1 to 5

lapd_t200_timer

The lapd_t200_timer parameter specifies the LAPD T200 timer.

The LAPD T200 timer

is used to time the acknowledgement of a transmitted frame.

1400 to 5000

max_cbls

The max_cbls parameter specifies the the maximum number of

CBLs that may be

supported by an LCF.

0 or 1

max_dris

This max_dris parameter specifies the maximum number of

DRIs supported by the

specified GPROC device or function (BTP, DHP or BTF).

0 to 6

max_gprs_pdch

The max_gprs_pdch parameter specifies the maximum number

of PDCHs configured

on the carrier. The value of max_gprs_pdch includes both

switchable and reserved

GPRS timeslots.

0 to 8

max_gsls

The max_gsls parameter specifies the maximum number of

GSLs that can be

configured on the LCF.

0 to 6

max_mtls

The max_mtls parameter specifies the maximum number of

MTLs supported by a BSP

or LCF.

0 to 2

mms_priority

The mms_priority parameter sets the priority rating for an MMS.

It determines its

possible use as a reference source to which the GCLK may

phase lock. The higher the

priority value, the more likely the MMS is to be used as a

reference source to which the

GCLK device will frequency lock.

0 to 255

msi_type

The msi_type parameter specifies a database value for a single

equipped device or

function at a site for all equipped devices or functions of the type

specified in the

command.

0 (msi)

n391

The n391 parameter specifies the value for the frame relay

default full status polling

counter.

1 to 255

n392The n392 parameter specifies the frame relay default value for

error threshold counter.1 to 10

n393The n393 parameter specifies the frame relay default value for

monitored events counter.1 to 10

nbit

The nbit parameter enables and disables the second remote

alarm bit (nbit). The default

value for this parameter is automatically assigned when the MSI

is equipped.

0 or 1

ne_id The ne_id parameter specifies the network identity. 1 to 128

opto_reporting

The opto_reporting parameter allows the operator to modify the

reporting status and

external alarm string mapping for DRI and EAS optocouplers.

off or on

pref_rtf_id

The pre_rtf_id specifies a preferred RTF identifier. This allows

at least one carrier unit

per cabinet that is able to provide GPRS feature service.

0 to 11, “null”

res_gprs_pdch

The res_gprs_pdch parameter specifies the number of PDCHs

reserved on the carrier

for GPRS use only. These PDCHs are never switched to circuit

use, except for

emergency calls.

0 to 8

rsl_rate

The rsl_rate parameter specifies the signalling and control

information rate of the Radio

Signal Link (RSL).

16 = 16 kbit/s

rate

The sd_load parameter specifies the maximum number of

timeslots to be configured as

SDCCHs on an RTF. The BSS configures the SDCCHs on the

carriers with the highest

priority, up to their SDCCH load.

0 to 2

sd_priority

The sd_priority parameter specifies the SDCCH placement

priority for an RTF. The

BSS configures the SDCCHs on the carriers with the highest

priority, up to their SDCCH

load.

0 to 250

shared_timeslots

The shared_timeslots parameter reserves timeslots for use

when a DYNET device has

been equipped for dynamic allocation of BTSs.

0 to 31

slotThe slot parameter specifies the slot in which the DRI device is

fitted.0 to 31

start_tsThe start_ts parameter specifies the first GBL timeslot on the

E1/T1 link.1 to 31

t391

The t391 parameter specifies the frame relay default link

integrity verification polling

timer.

5 to 29

t392The t392 parameter is the frame relay default polling verification

timer.6 to 30

tcu_portThe tcu_port parameter specifies the port to which a TCU is

connected.0 to 5

tru_id

The tru_id parameter specifies up to six TRUs (TopCell Radio

Units) in a TopCell site. A

value of 0 indicates this is a non-TopCell site.

0 or 1

trx_pwr_redThe trx_pwr_red parameter specifies the TRX transmit power

reduction value.

0 to 21

or

0 to 6 for M-

Cellmicro sites


NoneThe transceiver must be locked when modifying this

parameter.

1 None

6000 None

None This parameter only applies to the BSC.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0 None

0 bts4d_48v

1 bts4d_27v

2 bssc_48v

3 bssc_27v

4 bts_dab

5 bssc_dab

6 excell_4

7 excell_6

8 topcell

9 bts_5

10 m_cell_2

11 m_cell_6

12 tcu_2

13 tcu_6

14 m_cell_micro

15 m_cellcity

16 m_cellarena

17 horizonoffice

18 horizonmacro

19 horizonmacro_ext

20 m_cellarena_macro

22 horizonmicro2

23 horizoncompact2

None

When changing the cabinet type, the new cabinet type

must be in the same cabinet group as the old cabinet

type.

The cabinet type may not be modified from

M-Cellarena, M-Cellarenamacro, to M-Cellcity or

M-Cellmicro if frequency hopping is enabled at the site.

The system rejects an attempt to alter the cabinet type

from M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena, or M-Cellarenamacro to

M-Cellmicro if any MSIs of type niu_hdsl are equipped

at the M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro

sites.

The cabinet type may not be modified to M-Cell2 if

there are any MSI devices equipped in slots other than

0, or if there are any MSI devices with a first device id

greater than 1.

The system rejects the modify_value cabinet_type

command if the change is from TCU_6 to TCU_2, and

the cabinet has at least one DRI equipped via the

FMUX. A DRI that uses an FMUX as the TCU

connection type cannot be equipped to a TCU_2

cabinet.

If a modify_value command from M-Cellcity,

M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro to M-Cellmicro is

accepted, all the hdsl parameters initially set by the

chg_element command are set to their defaults.

If a cabinet type of Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact is

entered during CAB device equipage, then the CAB ID

entered must be 0 if CAB device 0 does not yet exist.

The bts_type per SITE element is set to 1 upon

equipage of a slave Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact

CAB device.

The valid CAB ID range at a Horizonmicro BTS site is 0

to 2.

None

If the combining_type is 0, the combiner_id and

cavity values are considered invalid and no

modifications are allowed.

If the combining_type is 1 or 2, the combiner_id and

cavity number are required and will be prompted. If

these values have already been specified, the existing

values can be used as defaults.

All affected devices must be locked.

None This parameter only applies to the BSC (location = 0).

0 Outer zone

1 Inner zone0

The Concentric Cells feature must be enabled and

inner_zone_alg must be set to other than 0.

Only non-BCCH carriers can be configured in the inner

zone.


sites.

0 Highest priority

250 Lowest priority0 None

None None

yes Present

no Not presentno Not applicable at Horizonoffice sites.

yes Present


yes Present


NoneThe address must be unique within a site.


None









0 None

1 Non-controlling

2 Controlling

0









0 Disabled

1 Enabled0


This parameter can be disabled only if no RTF in the

BSS is using allow_32k_trau.

0

The number of extended range timeslots can be

changed only if the Extended Range Cells feature is

unrestricted.

The number of extended range timeslots cannot be

modified for inner-zone carriers.

An RTF having one or more extended range

timeslots configured cannot have the cell_zone

changed to inner.

If the Extended Range Cell feature is enabled, the

number of extended range timeslots for the BCCH

RTF must support the number of configured BCCH,

CCCH, and SDCCH channels.


sites.

diversity_flag

fm_cell_type

Result

0 0

Non-diversity (RCUs only)

0 1

Use branch 1 of a DRCU in

a non–diversity

mode

0 2

Use branch 2 of a DRCU in

a non–diversity

mode

1 3

Shared diversity

1 4

Full diversity

NoneSetting of this parameter depends on the setting of

diversity_flag . See the table of values below.

1 PGSM

2 EGSM

3 PGSM and EGSM

4 DCS1800

5 PGSM and DCS1800

6 EGSM and DCS1800

7 PGSM, EGSM and

DCS1800

8 PCS1900

9 PGSM and PCS1900

10 EGSM and PCS1900

11 PGSM, EGSM and

PCS1900

12 DCS1800 and PCS1900

13 PGSM, DCS1800 and

PCS1900

14 EGSM, DCS1800 and

PCS1900

15 PGSM, EGSM,

DCS1800 and PCS1900

None

If any of the frequency types specified are not valid at

the BSS, the system rejects the modify_value

command. Valid frequency types at a BSS can be

modified or displayed by the freq_types_allowed

command.

S Frequency_types can be added and deleted in

SYSGEN ON mode.

S Frequencies can be added but not deleted in

SYSGEN OFF mode.

None





This parameter may only be changed on MMS

devices with a protocol type of HDSL equipped as

msi_type of niu_hdsl.

The hdsl_modem_setting value cannot be modified

when the MMS is in a PATH. To alter the values

would require unequipping all the PATH devices using

this MMS, altering the values, then equipping the

PATH devices.

The hdsl_modem_setting value cannot be modified

for a GPRS PCU MMS.

20






devices with a protocol type of HDSL, a modem

setting of master, and equipped on an msi_type of

niu_hdsl.



The hdsl_oos_mon_period value cannot be

modified for a GPRS PCU MMS.

20






devices with a protocol type of HDSL, a modem

setting of master, and equipped on an msi_type of

niu_hdsl.



The hdsl_restore_mon_period value cannot be

modified for a GPRS PCU MMS.

yes Enabled

no Disabledyes Not allowed for Horizonoffice sites.

yes Internal antenna is

present and should be

used.

no Internal antenna is not

present.

noThis parameter is only allowed for M-Cellcity and

Horizonmicro cabinets.

yes Present

no Not presentno

This parameter is only allowed for M-Cellcity,

Horizonmicro and Horizoncompact cabinets.

7The operator needs to cycle (lock and then unlock) the

device for the change to take effect.

3 None

(in 50 millisecond

increments)2500

The minimum value for this parameter should be 800

milliseconds when using satellite links.

None None

0 to 6 for BTF

1 to 6 for DHPNone None

0


is unrestricted.

The new RTF attributes are not available whenever

the GPRS feature is restricted.

Only one GPRS carrier is allowed for each cell.

The carrier is a GPRS carrier if max_gprs_pdch is

not equal to 0.

max_gprs_pdch may not be smaller than

res_gprs_pdch.

All GPRS timeslots on the GPRS carrier must have

the same Frequency Hopping Indicator (FHI).

If the Concentric Cells feature is unrestricted, the

GPRS carrier must be in the outer zone


the same Training Sequence Code.

The value of max_gprs_pdch is limited by the

following settings:

S BCCH carriers have a reduced number of

timeslots available. The number of CCCH

timeslots configured is indicated by the value

of the ccch_conf element.

S Non-BCCH RTFs with associated 16kbps

RSLs have a reduced number of timeslots

available.

S Sub-equipped RTFs have a reduced number of

timeslots available.

S When the Extended Range Cell feature is

enabled, the number of extended range

timeslots together with the requested number

of GPRS timeslots must not exceed the carrier

capacity.

S GPRS cannot be used on an extended range

timeslot.

0

This parameter can be used only if the GPRS feature is

unrestricted.

The sum of all max_gsls specified by the equipped

LCFs must be greater than or equal to the total number

of GSLs equipped.

The value for max_gsls must not exceed the available

LCF HDLC channel capacity.

None None

0 MMS is not used as a

clock extraction source.

1 Lowest priority

255 Highest priority

None None

1 (xcdr)

2 (gdp)

3 (niu)

7 (ext_hdsl)

8 (niu_hdsl)

9 (niu_ext_hdsl)

12 (RF_unit)

None

The MSI type cannot be changed from GDP to XCDR

when an enhanced full rate (EFR) or GDP control is

enabled.

The MSI type cannot be modified for a PICP MSI.


3

The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. This

parameter must be less than or equal to the value of

n393.

3

The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. This

parameter must be less than or equal to the value of

n393.

0 Disabled

1 Enabled0

The MMS must be locked when modifying this

parameter.

None

Changing the ne_id causes all AXCDR or ABSS

device to be cycled, resulting in the loss of all active

calls managed by the associated device.

The GPRS feature must be unrestricted to specify

the PCU.

off Disabled

on EnabledNone

A DRI must be an RF_unit and located at a

Horizonoffice site.

The affected device must be locked.

NoneThis parameter must be an RTF unique identifier or

“null” for resetting to no preferred RTF.

None


This parameter is not valid if max_gprs_pdch is set

to 0.

The new RTF attributes are not available whenever

the GPRS feature is restricted.

Only one GPRS carrier is allowed for each cell.

The carrier is a GPRS carrier if max_gprs_pdch is

not equal to 0.

res_gprs_pdch must not exceed max_gprs_pdch.


the same Frequency Hopping Indicator (FHI).

If the Concentric Cells feature is unrestricted, the

GPRS carrier must be in the outer zone

The value of pccch_alloc for the cell can only be set

to 0 if the GPRS option is unrestricted. It is related to

broadcast.

When Dynamic Allocation is in use at the site,

terrestrial backing must be available for the reserved

GPRS resources specified by res_gprs_pdch.

The GPRS carrier must not be unequipped until

gprs_enabled has been set to zero for the cell.


the same Training Sequence Code.

64 = 64 kbit/s rate None

The 16 kbit/s RSL feature must be unrestricted.

The RSL cannot be changed if RSLs are already

equipped for this site.

The RSL rate cannot be changed for the BSC (site 0).

The RSL cannot be changed if the site uses dynamic

allocation.

0 BCCH EGSM extension

band carrier when

egsm_bcch_sd is 0 (off)

0 to 2 BCCH EGSM

extension band carrier

when

egsm_bcch_sd is 1 (on)

2 BCCH extended range

cell

n/a BCCH inner zone

carrier

2 All other types of BCCH

carrier

0 Non-BCCH EGSM

extension band carrier

0 Non-BCCH extended

range cell

0 Non-BCCH inner zone

carrier

2 All other types of

non–BCCH carrier

None None

0 highest priority

250 lowest priority

Non-BCCH

default = 0

BCCH default

= 0

The sd_priority element cannot be changed for an

EGSM, Extended Range Cell, or inner zone carrier.

0 to 31 E1 link

0 to 23 T1 link

0 (no timeslots

reserved)

DYNET must be equipped.


0 to 31 E1 link

0 to 23 T1 link

0 (no timeslots

reserved)

DYNET must be equipped.


None The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.



None None

0 Non-TopCell unit

1 to 6 TopCell IDNone None

The current

value of

max_tx_bts.

This parameter is used only if the cell_zone

parameter is set to 1 (inner zone) and the

inner_zone_alg parameter is set to 1 (power based

use algorithm).

trx_pwr_red can be modified for an RTF that is

equipped in the inner_zone of a cell only.

The value of this parameter must be greater than or

equal to the value of max_tx_bts if inner_zone_alg

is set to 1 (power based use algorithm).

The Concentric Cells option must be unrestricted.


sites.

Supported by

OMC-R GUI

YES

YES

YES

YES

No

YES

No

No

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

No

No

No

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

No

YES

No

No

YES

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

YES

YES

YES

No

YES

YES

Documents

Motorola DB Param Definition